U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-SB

General Form for Registration of Securities
of Small Business Issuers Under Section 12(b)
or 12(g) of the Securities Act of 1934

T/F PURIFINER, INC.

(Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)

            DELAWARE                           14-1708544
- -------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer
  Incorporation or Organization)           Identification No.)

3020 HIGH RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 100, BOYNTON BEACH, FL 33426
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(561) 547-9499

(Issuer's Telephone Number)

Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:

      Title of Each Class                 Name of Each Exchange on Which
      to be so Registered                 Each Class is to be Registered
      -------------------                 ------------------------------

- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------

Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:

COMMON STOCK, .001 PAR VALUE

(Title of Class)


(Title of Class)

PART I

All discussions herein give effect to a 100:1 forward stock split effected on June 15, 1995 and a 57:1 forward stock split for all stockholders of record as of July 1, 1996, except as otherwise specifically set forth. Except as otherwise specifically described herein, the term "Company" refers to T/F Purifiner, Inc. and T/F Systems, Inc., as described more fully below.

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

INTRODUCTION

The Company owns the rights to manufacture, market and distribute worldwide the Purifiner(TM), a bypass oil purification system that is compatible for use with substantially all internal combustion engines, generators and other types of equipment which use oil for their lubrication needs. The Purifiner(TM) is a bypass ultra filtration system which cleans oil by continuously removing solid and liquid contaminants from the oil through a filtration and evaporation process. The Purifiner(TM) has been used successfully to substantially extend oil drain intervals and the time between engine overhauls to up to three times longer than historical overhaul intervals. The Company also manufactures (with one exception) and sells the disposable replacement filter elements ("Elements") for the Purifiner(TM).

By continuously cleaning the oil and allowing for extended drain intervals, the Purifiner(TM) has had a demonstrable effect on extending engine life, reducing oil purchase, disposal and maintenance costs and service time, while significantly reducing the necessity for the disposal and storage of new and used oil, thereby enabling users to overcome environmental concerns associated with such disposal and storage. Additionally, as a result of operating the engine or equipment with cleaner oil, the Company believes that end users will experience improved fuel economy.

BACKGROUND AND FORMATION OF T/F PURIFINER, INC.

The patents to the oil purification system that, after further development, have evolved into the current Purifiner(TM) units, were issued in the early 1980's. The owners of such patents unsuccessfully attempted to market and sell the original system under various other tradenames. This was due to what is believed to be the lack of acceptance by potential customers of the concept of extended drain intervals and the environmental benefits related thereto, absence of acceptance and endorsement by engine and vehicle manufacturers, disbelief that the product was effective and could provide benefits in a cost effective manner and inadequate capitalization and management experience of these companies.

2

In 1987, T/F Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Systems"), of which Richard C. Ford and Willard H. Taylor (deceased) were equal stockholders, obtained certain limited distribution rights to the Purifiner(TM) in several states. In 1988, Systems obtained an option to acquire the exclusive manufacturing and marketing rights to the Purifiner(TM) in the event the then manufacturer of the Purifiner(TM) was unable to meet its commitment to Systems.

As a result of a default by the manufacturer in meeting its commitment to Systems, Systems obtained the manufacturing and marketing rights to the Purifiner(TM) in 1990.

In February 1988, T/F Purifiner, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware under the name "Econology Systems, Inc." On October 16, 1990, its name was changed to "T/F Purifiner, Inc." T/F Purifiner, Inc. was inactive until 1991, when it obtained the distribution and marketing rights to the Purifiner(TM) by virtue of an assignment from Systems (at the time owned equally by Messrs. Ford and Taylor). However, System's ownership of the rights to the Purifiner(TM) were contested in court as to other third parties who were also manufacturing and marketing a device similar to the Purifiner(TM) in the marketplace, and using the Purifiner(TM) trademark. Eventually, the court ruled in favor of Systems with respect to its manufacturing and marketing rights, and in May 1993, all appeals by the other parties were exhausted. During the time of this litigation T/F Purifiner continued to market the Purifiner(TM), but with limited success due to various factors, including the pending litigation and the actions by these other parties in the marketplace.

Prior to December 31, 1995, T/F Purifiner, Inc. was the exclusive distributor and Systems was the exclusive manufacturer for the Purifiner(TM). On December 31, 1995, T/F Purifiner purchased all of the operating assets and assumed all of the operating liabilities of Systems (except for any benefits related to a delay damage judgment awarded in December 1994 (currently on appeal) against the parties discussed above and except for liabilities related to certain stockholder advances made to Systems by Ford and Taylor) in exchange for any claims T/F Purifiner had in the delay damage award. Accordingly, T/F Purifiner currently owns all manufacturing rights previously owned by Systems. See "Note 11 to Notes to Financial Statements."

Prior to his death in May 1993, Mr. Taylor was the primary financial partner to Mr. Ford, although Messrs. Taylor and Ford each owned 50% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company and each contributed equal amounts of working capital to the Company. Subsequent to his death, the business activities and growth of the Company have been hampered by insufficient capital, notwithstanding Mr. Ford's continued investment in the Company.

3

STRATEGY

Since the Purifiner(TM) has had limited acceptability in the marketplace, the Company's strategy has been to obtain product credibility by overcoming long held beliefs that oil needs to be regularly changed in accordance with recommended guidelines. As the Company was striving to obtain credibility for the Purifiner(TM), the concept of extended oil replacement intervals was becoming more readily accepted. The Company believes that this acceptance was due, in part, to the introduction of longer life oils and the realization by consumers, as well as vehicle and engine manufacturers and oil companies, of the cost, warranty, environmental and other benefits of such extensions.

The Company has expanded its distribution network and direct marketing activities, primarily focused in the heavy duty truck marketplace, and internationally. To date the Company has approximately 135 U.S. and Canadian distributors, of which approximately 80 are active distributors, and approximately 17 international distributors. The Company also formed a foreign joint venture effective January 1, 1996 to market the Purifiner(TM) through Europe, the Middle East, the former Soviet Union, Egypt, and South Africa. See "TF Purifiner Limited." Additionally, the Company recently entered into a written Memorandum of Understanding with a private company in India to distribute the Company's products in India, Nepal, Sri-Lanka and Burma and to manufacture such products for these markets and for export.

The Company plans on continuing to expand its distribution channels throughout the world, as well as the number of market segments on which it focuses. The Company also plans to employ additional direct sales personnel to establish additional distributors and to market its products to certain national and other accounts in conjunction with its distributors. The Company also plans to enter into additional joint ventures in various parts of the world that would manufacture and/or market its products.

The Company has entered into discussions with two major oil companies to form strategic alliances for the purpose of marketing the Purifiner(TM) with certain of their products. The Company also plans to target original equipment manufacturers ("OEM") for original placement of the Purifiner(TM) on OEM products. See "Marketing."

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully implement its strategy.

PRODUCTS

The Purifiner(TM) is manufactured in six different sizes ranging from 8 to 240 quarts, the use of which is dependent on the oil sump capacity of the

4

engine or equipment on which it is placed. The Purifiner(TM) can also be used in multiples for larger oil sumps. The Purifiner(TM) can easily be installed by qualified personnel for use with engines and other equipment, typically in 1 1/2 to 2 hours. The Company has also developed a "Hydraulic Batch System" ("HBS") which is mounted on a hand cart, to give it mobility. The HBS was developed primarily to allow users to clean 55 gallon drums of used hydraulic oils thereby enabling the users to reduce their oil purchases, as well as the high costs of storing and disposing of used oil in compliance with environmental regulations. The HBS consists primarily of two 60-quart Purifiners(TM), a preheater, pump and other miscellaneous parts.

Each of the Purifiners(TM) are compatible with substantially all standard and synthetic oils on the market and work with engines using gasoline, diesel, propane or natural gas. The Purifiner(TM) (except for the HBS) cannot be used on engines without a pressurized lubricating system, such as an outboard boat motor where the oil mixes with the fuel.

The Purifiner(TM) consists of a canister that can be mounted on the firewall, fender well or the frame of a vehicle and other convenient locations, depending on the particular application, The canister inlet is either connected to the engine's oil pressure sending unit or a pressure line for hydraulic applications and the outlet is connected to the sump. The canister houses the Element and an evaporation chamber which is heated by an enclosed heating element. Under pressure from the engine or equipment, engine oil enters the canister via a metering jet that regulates the flow of oil to approximately three and six gallons per hour, depending on the size of the Purifiner(TM). The oil slowly passes through the Element where solid contaminants in the oil are trapped. The Element contains compacted long strand natural cotton fibers that retain solid particles as small as approximately one micron in size. A normal paper oil filter will typically remove particles down to 25-40 microns in size. According to a paper published by the Society of Automotive Engineers in its SAE Paper No. 660081 dated January 1966, "[f]iltering the used oil through a 5 micron filter did not significantly reduce the wear rate; however, when the oil was filtered through a 1 micron filter, there was a significant reduction." The 100% natural cotton filtering media also absorbs water and traps sulfur and neutralizes the acids that are left in the oil by conventional paper filters. The slow rate of speed at which the oil passes through the Element helps ensure maximum contaminant retention.

The Purifiner(TM) also removes liquid contaminants, such as water, fuel and coolant from the oil. The oil flows slowly over the diffuser plate located in the dry heated evaporation chamber where it is heated to a temperature of approximately 200 degrees Fahrenheit, except for the HBS which is slightly higher. The heating element is sealed in stainless steel and completely isolated

5

from direct contact with the oil for safety. The liquid contaminants are thereby evaporated and then vented out of the Purifiner(TM) before they can recondense in the oil. These gases and water vapor are vented back into the induction system and are consumed in the combustion process. On hydraulic applications, the water vapor is vented into the atmosphere. The cleaned oil then flows back to the engine crankcase via gravity. These processes continue whenever the equipment or engine is operating.

The Company also manufactures and distributes replacement Elements for the Purifiner(TM). The Company generally recommends that for all Purifiners(TM) the Element be replaced at the engine manufacturer's recommended oil change interval, or as oil analysis dictates (except that with respect to one model currently used primarily for gasoline applications only, the Company generally recommends that the Element be replaced every twelve thousand miles, or as oil analysis dictates when used for gasoline powered automobiles and vans). The useful life of oil and the Element is dependent on several factors, including the quality of the oil used, type of fuel, condition of engine, and the type and operating environment of the equipment. Accordingly, the above Element change intervals may vary. All Elements can be changed and an oil sample taken in approximately five to ten minutes.

The Company has recently received approval from the United States Patent Office for a patent on a new Element (the "TFP Filter Plus"), which contains pelletized chemicals being added to the filtering media. The chemicals are antioxidants which will reduce the amount of oxidation, stabilize the alkalinity and further help reduce the acid build-up of the oil, which is especially important on new engines built since enactment of the Clear Air Act of 1992, which requires tighter specifications for diesel engines. As these engines consume less oil, the amount of makeup oil that is added and replenishes the consumed additives in older engines has decreased. The TFP Filter Plus compensates for this factor.

When the Element is changed, make-up oil is added to replace any oil retained in the used Element or consumed in the normal engine combustion process and also to replenish the oil's additives. The Company's performance warranties, for product used in the United States and Canada, generally require the user to take a small sample of the used oil for submission to an oil testing laboratory at the same intervals that the OEM recommends for an oil change. See "Warranties." The Purifiner(TM) has an oil sample valve to expedite the taking of the oil sample. The Company also sells prepaid oil sample kits. Users must maintain a record of the laboratory oil analysis results in order for the Company's warranties to remain in effect. Management believes that the risk of losing the manufacturers' warranties encourages customers to complete the oil analysis and replace Elements in a timely manner, making the Purifiner(TM) more effective and stimulating recurring Element sales. The Company is also in the process of patenting a new oil flow meter which will enable the user to visually

6

determine when to change the Element. The oil analysis also helps the Company monitor customer satisfaction, and should a problem arise with a particular application, the Company and the customer can work together to address the problem and find a solution on a timely basis. Finally, oil analysis has been analogized to blood samples for humans, in that through proper analysis other problems occurring within the engine or equipment, apart from oil contamination, can be diagnosed and corrective action taken before incurring significant problems. To date, there have been no significant problems with existing Purifiners(TM) or warranty claims, although there can be no assurances that such a trend will continue. Due to the sometimes prohibitive cost of oil analysis and generally more frequent recommended oil change intervals for engines used in certain countries outside the United States and Canada, primarily due to the poor quality of oil and fuel used, not all performance warranties for Purifiner(TM) products (whether offered by the Company or by the Company's distributors) used outside the United States and Canada require oil analysis at the OEM recommended oil change intervals.

The Purifiner(TM) has no moving parts and consequently requires no significant ongoing maintenance. The Purifiner(TM) has an in-line pre-strainer to prevent the metering jet from becoming clogged by large contaminant particles. As long as the Elements are changed at the recommended intervals or as oil analysis dictates and other standard preventive maintenance procedures are performed, the Company believes that the Purifiner(TM) can perform as designed for an indefinite period. Purifiners(TM) used for hydraulic applications do not require as frequent Element changes since hydraulic oil applications typically do not contain the level of contaminants as other oil applications. In order to maintain the Company's performance warranties, users must, among other things, change the full flow filters once a year or every 50,000 to 60,000 miles, depending on the particular application of the Purifiner(TM).

The Company has received acknowledgments from Deere & Company, Detroit Diesel Corporation, Caterpillar, Inc., Ford Motor Company, Mack Trucks, Inc., Cummins Engine Company, Inc., Chrysler Motors Corporation, Mercedes Benz of North American, Inc. and others, who have all stated that the installation and use of the Purifiner(TM) does not void these manufacturer's warranties. Most engine manufacturers will accept oil analysis as an alternative to their recommended oil change intervals. Management believes that the existence of other longer life oils in the marketplace which allow for extended oil drains has been and will continue to exert continuing pressure on the use of oil analysis as an acceptable alternative to engine manufacturer's recommended oil change intervals, as well as the cost, environmental and other benefits obtained from extended oil drain intervals.

7

MARKETING, DISTRIBUTION AND SALES

The Company's products are expected to be marketed to numerous market segments, including for use in trucking, marine, bus, recreational vehicle, generator, construction, mining, industrial and hydraulic applications, and to automotive and other users of engines or equipment that utilize up to 50 weight oil for their lubricating needs.

MARKETING

To date, the Company has not expended any material amounts to advertise or promote its products in the marketplace and has relied upon editorials, trade shows and other methods to promote its products. In May 1995, the Company was featured on CNN's FUTURE WATCH program, broadcast throughout the world, which resulted in the addition of several new distributors and, more importantly, added to the credibility of the Company's products. The Company was also featured on CNN's EARTH MATTERS program in early 1996. Additionally, numerous magazines, including BUSINESS WEEK, DEFENSE NEWS, EQUIPMENT TODAY, MOTOR TREND, CAR AND DRIVER and others have featured stories on the Company's products. Additionally, during 1994 and subsequently, the Company's products have achieved recognition from well known sources, including (i) certification by the California Environmental Protection Agency's Department of Toxic Substances as a "Pollution Prevention Technology", (ii) receipt of the State of Florida's 1995 Governor's New Product Award (Small Business Category), (iii) receipt of the National Society of Professional Engineers 1996 New Product Award "for innovative use of engineering principals and materials, improved function and savings in use and benefit to the national economy" (Small Business Category); and (iv) receipt of the World Trade Center's (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida) 1996 Award for Outstanding Achievement in International Trade (Manufacturing). Management believes that such recognition has and will continue to enable the Company to expand its distribution channels and increase the credibility and acceptance of its products.

In February 1996, the Purifiner(TM) gained the support of the American Oceans Campaign ("AOC"), a not-for-profit organization devoted to ensuring the earth's waters are kept free of contamination and pollution. Management believes that the association with AOC and similar groups will be a cost effective way to promote the Purifiner(TM) and expand its distribution and direct sales. However, no assurance can be given that such associations will be successful in promoting the Company's products.

In April 1996, the Company formed strategic alliances with two companies to help facilitate retrofit sales of the product at the end user level. First, a national leasing company will provide lease financing to certain of the

8

Company's users, subject to normal credit considerations with respect to the user. While the Company has had many successful evaluations, many customers have found the up-front cost to be prohibitive for large scale retrofits. The use of lease financing will enable the user to immediately benefit from a reduced maintenance expense and pay for the Purifiner(TM) from such savings over variable terms.

Secondly, the Company and a national company, whose primary focus has been to provide remote field installations for equipment in the trucking industry, have agreed to work together to provide installation services to the Company's customers, if required. Management believes this installation service will be beneficial to small fleet operations with limited manpower in their repair facilities.

With these two new alliances, the Company and its distributor network are able to provide a complete product package, including the Purifiner(TM), installation and financing to its customers. Management believes the ability to provide a turn-key program should provide the Company with a competitive edge. However, no assurance can be given that these alliances will result in increased revenues to the Company.

The Company relies on management's ability to determine the existence and extent of available markets for its product. Company management and consultants have considerable marketing and sales backgrounds and devote a significant portion of their time to marketing-related activities. The Company markets its products at various national trade shows, such as the International Truck Show in Las Vegas, Nevada, Mid-America Truck Show in Louisville, Kentucky, the Maintenance Council Show in Orlando, Florida, the International Workboat Show in New Orleans, Louisiana, ConAgra Show in Las Vegas, Nevada, the Recreational Vehicle Industry Association Trade Show in Louisville, Kentucky and others.

Eventually, management would like to sell its products directly to OEMs. A number of international and domestic engine, automobile, truck, bus and other OEMs are currently evaluating the Company's products, including Volvo-Sweden (trucks), Navistar International Corporation ("Navistar")(trucks), Freightliner Corporation (trucks), Perkins Engine Company (engines), Hyster (forklifts) and Blue Bird Corporation (buses). There can be no assurance that these or other OEMs will accept the Company's products for original placement on their production. To date, the Company's customers have requested that the Purifiners(TM) be installed at a Volvo USA factory (North Carolina) on a very limited number of vehicles. Certain other manufacturers have agreed to install the Purifiner(TM) at their production facilities, if requested by their customers, including Freightliner Corporation, Navistar, Ford Motor Company and Volvo (US).

9

The Purifiner(TM) is installed on a Navistar and Mobil Oil Company show truck, which is on display at all the major truck shows in the United States. See Note 10 to the Notes to Financial Statements for a discussion of the Company's dependence on major customers and export sales.

DISTRIBUTION AND SALES

The Company currently distributes its products through several channels under the trademark Purifiner(TM). To date, purchasers of the Company's products have included Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., Sysco Foods, Vulcan Chemicals, U.S. Air Force and others.

The Company has approximately 135 warehouse distributors, of which approximately 80 are currently active, located in 35 states and Canada, primarily in the heavy duty trucking industry. These distributors purchase product directly from the Company and sell to their existing or new customers. The Company currently has contracts or arrangements with 14 manufacturer's representatives, primarily in the heavy duty trucking industry whose responsibilities include the establishment and servicing of warehouse distributors and direct sales to selected fleets in their defined territories in exchange for negotiated commission rates, depending on the level of services provided. The manufacturer's representative contracts are typically for one year and can be cancelled by either party on 30 to 120 days notice. The Company has recently established representatives for certain other market segments, such as marine, recreational vehicles and industrial industries, in defined territories.

NAVISTAR INTERNATIONAL DEALERS

The Company entered into an aftermarket contract with Navistar in the United States and Canada in September 1995 and January 1996 to provide Navistar dealers with the Company's product line. This program is administered by Navistar and, to date, has not resulted in a significant number of new Navistar dealers participating in the program. However, Navistar is the first major truck manufacturer that has agreed to an aftermarket program with the Company and has an exclusive aftermarket arrangement, as defined, through early 1997. Management plans on working with other truck manufacturers, in addition to Navistar, to establish other aftermarket programs in the future. No assurance can be made that such programs will be established or if established that they will be successful. No assurance can be given that these sales efforts will result in significant sales to the Company.

DIRECT SALES

The Company directly and/or with the assistance of its manufacturer's representatives, warehouse distributors or other agents markets its products

10

directly to national accounts, which will eventually be sold directly or through the appropriate distribution channel. Typically, these larger customers, and some smaller customers, have required an evaluation period to ensure that the Company's products perform as advertised. Management believes that this evaluation period will continue to be shortened as the Company's products gain wider acceptance and support from well known customers, groups or other companies, such as AOC, Navistar, Perkins and others.

Currently, the Company's products are being tested by various potential end users, including Mercury Express, Grant Brothers Trucking, New Orleans Transit Authority, State of Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, Chicago Transit Authority, Motor Cargo, United States Air Force and United States Navy, Wal-Mart Corporation, Waste Management, Bell South and others. There can be no assurance that such tests will be successful and, even if successful, that they will result in sales for the Company.

In July 1995, the Company's products were issued National Stocking Numbers by the General Services Administration which the Company believes will enable the Company to more efficiently sell its products to the U.S. Government and its agencies.

INTERNATIONAL SALES

The Company directly and/or with the assistance of commission based manufacturer's representatives has established exclusive and non-exclusive distributors in various countries, including Australia, Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, South Korea, Colombia, Panama, El Salvador, Venezuela, Chile, Mexico, China, Hong Kong, Brazil and others. The exclusive distributors are required to purchase minimum quantities of product to maintain their exclusive status. The majority of these distributors have been established in 1995 and later, and therefore, their and the other distributors' ultimate success depends upon, among other things, their abilities to successfully introduce and sell the product in their territories, including obtaining local evaluations, establishing distribution and other factors similar to those faced by the Company in the United States. See "TF Purifiner Limited." There can be no assurance that the Company's international distributors will be successful in distributing the Company's products in their territories.

TF PURIFINER LIMITED.

Effective January 1, 1996, the Company became a stockholder in TF Purifiner Limited ("Ltd."), an English company limited by shares and formed under England's Company's Act 1985. The other stockholders include Centrax, Ltd. and the current director and general manager of Ltd. Ltd.'s primary purpose is to market and establish distribution for the Purifiner(TM) throughout Europe,

11

the Middle East, the former Soviet Union, Egypt and South Africa (the "Territory"). In this regard, the Company has granted to Ltd. its rights under existing licenses and patents with respect to existing patents and trademarks and its rights with respect to patents pending for future products to allow for the marketing and distribution of the Purifiner(TM) in the Territory. Ltd. also has the option to manufacture the products based upon market acceptance and other factors.

The Company owns approximately 45% of Ltd. and has a 50% voting interest. The Company is not obligated to fund any of the operations of Ltd., and if the funding stockholder does not fund Ltd.'s operations, the Company has the right to take back Ltd.'s manufacturing, marketing and distribution rights, as well as any patent and trademark rights assigned or to be assigned to Ltd. by the Company for this Territory. To date, Ltd. is negotiating to establish, has established new or taken over the servicing of existing Company distributors in various countries, including the United Kingdom, Greece, Italy, France, Turkey, the Czech and Slovak Republics, Norway, Denmark, Spain and Portugal. There can be no assurance that such distributors will be successful in introducing the Purifiner(TM) in their territories as they will face similar obstacles that the Company and its other distributors have encountered in introducing an innovative technology in their territories. Additionally, there can be no assurance that Ltd.'s other 45% owner (Centrax), who is responsible for the ultimate funding of Ltd., will continue to fund Ltd.'s operations, and if it discontinues such funding, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations in this Territory. Ltd. has also commenced or completed various Purifiner(TM) evaluation programs, including a large United Kingdom ("U.K.") based fleet based upon the recommendation of a large international engine manufacturer which test has been completed. See "Note 13 to the Notes to Financial Statements."

Ltd. currently has a patent pending on a product consisting of a full flow and bypass oil filter, all housed in one Purifiner(TM) unit, as well as a side-by-side full-flow and Purifiner(TM) bypass filter design. These patent pending products were designed primarily for original equipment placement by OEMs. The Company has the right to distribute this product everywhere other than the Territory.

MANUFACTURING AND PRODUCTION.

The Company subcontracts for the manufacturing of component parts for its Purifiners(TM) and manufacturers substantially all of its Elements. The component parts are assembled, packed and shipped from the Company's facility in Boynton Beach, Florida to distributors and end users.

The Company currently single sources substantially all of its raw

12

materials and component parts from various vendors in the United States. Substantially all the tools and dies used by certain of the Company's vendors are owned by the Company. The Company believes that there are alternative sources of supply, and the Company does not anticipate that the loss of any single supplier would have a material long term adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition. Management intends, subsequent to obtaining sufficient financing, to obtain additional tooling and dies and to upgrade certain of its existing manufacturing equipment, and may expand its vendor network as its volume of sales increase, for the purpose of limiting its exposure to its single source suppliers. There can be no assurances, however, that such financing will be obtained or if obtained, on terms that are in the best interest of the Company or its stockholders.

WARRANTIES.

The Purifiner(TM) is generally warranted to the original user to be free of defects in material and workmanship for ten years, except for the heating element which is warranted for five years as well as a six- month performance warranty. The Company also offers limited 250,000-mile and 100,000-mile continuous oil purification performance warranties for Class VII and VIII trucks in the United States and Canada. The Company also offers limited performance warranties for recreational vehicles, including a twelve-month performance warranty. The Company maintains $2,000,000 aggregate product liability insurance coverage with a major U.S. carrier.

COMPETITION.

Although the Company believes it is the largest supplier of bypass oil purification systems with similar capabilities to the Company's product (see "Legal Proceedings - Premo Litigation"), the Company effectively competes with other bypass filtration products such as the T.F. Hudgins, Inc. Spinner unit, Luberfiner, Inc's bypass filter, and others. Additionally, the Company's products affect the sales of full flow filters, engine replacement parts and maintenance, original oil sales and disposal costs, and new engine sales. All of these products and services are provided by companies that have significantly greater financial, marketing and operating resources than does the Company. The Company's direct competitors include Premo Lubrication Technologies, Inc. and Certified Technologies, Corp.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS.

The Company has a license and royalty agreement with the owner of four of the U.S. patents covering the Company's existing Purifiners(TM), which expire in November 1997, September 1998 and June 2008. This agreement also covers several foreign issued and pending patents in several other countries, the earliest of

13

which will expire in June 2004. The term of the agreement is for the life of the patents and any improvements thereto and requires the payment of a 5% royalty based on the net sales price, as defined, of the covered products. This agreement also covers the U.S. trademark for which the Company pays a 1% royalty based on net Element sales, as defined. See Note 8 to the Notes to Financial Statements. The Company is primarily responsible for maintaining and defending the integrity of these patents and trademarks.

The Company has registered its trademark and/or logo in substantially all the countries of the industrialized world (other than in the United States, where the Company's licensor has registered the trademark). The Company believes its trademark to be of considerable value and of material importance to its business.

The Company has patents pending in substantially all industrialized countries of the world for the TFP Filter Plus and a redesigned Purifiner(TM) which were filed by the Company in 1994 through 1996, and which have been approved in the United States and certain other countries as to the TFP Filter Plus. There can be no assurance that such patents pending will be issued. The Company believes all its patents and rights thereto to be of considerable value and of material importance to its business.

GOVERNMENTAL APPROVAL.

The Company's products typically do not require any governmental approvals. As part of the certification process under the California Environmental Protection Agency's Department of Toxic Substances, in July of 1994, the Company has obtained an executive order issued by the State of California Air Resources Board stating that the Purifiner(TM) does not reduce the effectiveness of applicable vehicle pollution control systems, and may be installed on all 1993 and older model year vehicles with pressure oil systems.

ENGINEERING AND DEVELOPMENT.

The Company employs one full time employee in the engineering and development department, who is the inventor and the originator of the Company's two new patents pending and most recently issued patent licensed to the Company, who has devoted substantially all of his time to the engineering, development and enhancement of the Company's products over the last two years, as well as the evaluation of other products introduced to the Company by other parties.

EMPLOYEES.

At July 15, 1996, the Company had 21 employees, 9 of whom were engaged in manufacturing, assembly, warehousing and shipping, 6 in marketing and sales, 1 in engineering and development and 6 in administrative positions. None of the employees are represented by a labor union. The Company believes its employee relations are good.

14

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

The Company was formed in 1988, and commenced operations in 1991 when it obtained worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights to the Purifiner(TM) products in 1993 after a lengthy legal battle. From 1993 to 1995, the Company's revenues grew from approximately $583,000 to $1,480,000.

The growth in the Company's revenues is primarily due to the increasing acceptance of the Company's products by the marketplace resulting from various factors, including the increased credibility of the product by well known entities and the growing desire of users to reduce maintenance costs, extend engine life and preserve the environment.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage of revenues represented by certain items reflected in the Company's statements of operations.

PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES

                                                             Three Months
                                 Year Ended December 31     Ended March 31
                                -----------------------     -----------------
                                    1994        1995        1995     1996
                                    ----        ----        ----     ----

Net sales                            100%        100%        100%     100%
Operating costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales                      (46)        (48)        (48)     (63)
  Selling expenses                   (46)        (42)        (82)     (34)
  General and
  administrative expenses            (47)        (36)        (62)     (30)
Other                                  -           -           -      ( 3)
Total operating costs
  and expenses                      (139)       (126)       (192)    (130)
                                    -----       -----       -----    -----

Operating Loss                      (39%)       (26%)       (92%)    (30%)
                                    =====       =====       =====    =====

Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 Compared with Three Months Ended March 31, 1995

Net sales. Net sales increased by 124 % from $191,650 in the first three months of 1995 to $428,627 in the first three months of 1996. This increase was primarily attributable to increasing sales made to existing and new domestic and international customers in 1996 in comparison to the first quarter of 1995, including approximately $167,000 of sales to Ltd., the Company's newly formed joint venture in 1996. Approximately, $12,000 of intercompany profit on these sales have been deferred at March 31, 1996.

15

Cost of sales. Cost of sales increased by 190 % from $92,375 in the first three months of 1995 to $268,338 in the first three months of 1996. This increase is primarily attributable in part to the 124% increase in sales between the comparable periods as well as the 39% of first quarter sales being made to Ltd. at substantially lower than the Company's existing exclusive international distributor pricing. Finally, the Company's gross margin decreased from 51.8% to 37.4% substantially all due to the sales made to Ltd. in the first quarter of 1996 at these lower sales prices. To the extent additional sales are made by the Company to Ltd., the Company's aggregate gross margin will be adversely affected.

Selling expenses. Selling expenses decreased by 7% from $157,963 in the first three months of 1995 to $147,378 in the first three months of 1996. The primary reason for this decrease was due to reduced commission expenses in the first quarter of 1996 versus the 1995 comparable period, offset by increases in other selling expenses, such as consulting, travel and trade show expenses in the first quarter of 1996 versus the comparable quarter of 1995. As a percentage of revenues, selling expenses decreased from 82% in 1995 to 34% in 1996.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by 9% from $118,816 in the first three months of 1995 to $129,921 in the first three months of 1996, and as a percent of revenues. decreased from 62% to 30%. This dollar increase was generally due to the increased level of business activity.

Operating loss. As a result of the foregoing, the Company's operating loss decreased from $177,504 in the first three months of 1995 to $128,960 in the first three months of 1996.

Interest expense. Interest expense increased by 243% from $2,589 for the first three months of 1995 to $8,871 for the first three months of 1996. This change resulted from an increase in average short and long term borrowings outstanding in the first quarter of 1996 versus the comparable period for 1995. The increase in loans was used to finance a portion of the Company's activities in 1995.

Net loss. As a result of the foregoing, the Company's net loss decreased from $180,093 for the first three months of 1995 to $137,831 for the first three months of 1996.

16

Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 1994

Net sales. Net sales increased by 42% from $ 1,038,960 in 1994 to $1,480,037 in 1995. This increase was attributable to the addition of new distributors in 1995 and increased sales to existing distributors and new customers. Of this amount, approximately $207,000 resulted from sales to one foreign distributor in 1995. Export sales increased from 48% of total revenues in 1994 to 55% of total revenues in 1995. This increase resulted from increased sales of TFP products to new and existing foreign distributors.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales increased by 48% from $480,834 in 1994 to $712,714 in 1995. This increase is primarily attributable to the 42% increase in sales between the comparable periods. Additionally, the Company's gross margin decreased to 51.8% in 1995 from 53.7% in 1994, the decrease being primarily attributable to the increase in export sales (having a lower gross margin than domestic sales) from $503,000 in 1994 to $821,000 in 1995.

Selling expenses. Selling expenses increased by 29% from $477,470 in 1994 to $616,569 in 1995. This increase was attributable in part to an increase in trade show related expenses from approximately $27,000 in 1994 to approximately $42,000 in 1995. The increased selling expenses were also attributable to the increased commissions and sales department salaries from approximately $221,000 in 1994 to $292,000 in 1995 and a general increase in sales related activities. As a percentage of sales, selling expenses decreased from 46% in 1994 to 42% in 1995.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by 8% from $491,094 in 1994 to $531,646 in 1995. Salary and consulting expenses increased from approximately $209,000 in 1994 to approximately $252,000 in 1995 as a result of additional employees and consultants. As a percentage of sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 47% in 1994 to 36% in 1995.

Operating loss. The Company's operating loss decreased from $410,438 in 1994 to $380,892 in 1995.

Interest expense. Interest expense amounted to $28,915 in 1995 as compared with interest expense of $9,952 in 1994. This change resulted from the increase in average short and long term borrowings outstanding in fiscal 1995 versus fiscal 1994.

Net loss. As a result of the foregoing, the Company's net loss decreased from $424,197 in 1994 to $409,807 in 1995.

17

Year Ended December 31, 1994 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 1993

Net sales. Net sales increased by 78% from $583,052 in 1993 to $1,038,960 in 1994. This increase was primarily due to the establishment of new distributors.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales increased by 34% from $357,609 in 1993 to $480,834 in 1994. This increase is primarily attributable to the 78% increase in sales between comparable periods offset by lower costs related to increased volumes and the commencement of manufacturing operations by the Company versus purchasing completed goods from a third party for substantially all of 1993. The Company's gross margin increased from 39.8% in 1993 to 53.7% in 1994 due primarily to the lower costs associated with commencement of manufacturing operations and increased volume.

Selling expenses. Selling expenses increased by 78% from $268,934 in 1993 to $477,470 in 1994. As a percentage of sales, selling expenses was 46% in both 1993 and 1994. In 1994, the Company increased its sales personnel and related expenditures, such as trade shows and incurred increased other sales related expenses, such as commissions and royalties.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by 32% from $371,447 in 1993 to $491,094 in 1994. In 1993 and 1994, general and administrative expenses consisted primarily of officer s salary, professional fees and various other general and administrative expenses. The increase in 1994 was primarily due to the general level of increased business activity. As a percentage of sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 64% in 1993 to 47% in 1994.

Operating loss. The Company's operating loss decreased from $414,938 in 1993 to $410,438 in 1994.

Interest expense. Interest expense increased from $0 in 1993 to $9,952 in 1994 due to increased borrowings, primarily from the principal stockholder, Richard C. Ford.

Net loss. As a result of the foregoing, the Company's net loss increased from $410,284 in 1993 to $424,197 in 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, the Company's capital requirements in connection with its business activities have been and will continue to be significant. The Company has been dependent upon available cash generated from operations, the proceeds of sales of its securities to investors and stockholder and other loans to fund its activities.

18

At March 31, 1996, the Company had a working capital deficiency of $979,885 and its current ratio (current assets to current liabilities) was $.27, as compared with a working capital deficiency of $894,117 and a current ratio of .25 at December 31, 1995. At March 31, 1996, the Company had $88,417 of cash. Outstanding short-term debt from lenders and stockholders was $849,413 at March 31, 1996 and included a stockholder loan of $502,026 due to the estate of Willard Taylor (See "Stockholder Litigation"). The Company intends to repay approximately $100,000 of such short term loans by issuing approximately 20,000 shares of its Common Stock ($5.00 per share) to the lender. The balance of long term debt was $533,497 at March 31, 1996 and included a stockholder loan of $502,026 due to Richard C. Ford. The Company intends to repay Mr. Ford's long term loan of $502,026 by issuing 100,405 shares of its Common Stock ($5.00 per share) to Mr. Ford.

Subsequent to December 31, 1995, the Company completed the sale to private investors of 157,377 shares of redeemable Common Stock for $594,000. The Company received net proceeds, after the payment of offering expenses, of approximately $583,000 from such sales, of which $284,625 of gross proceeds was received subsequent to March 31, 1996. Additionally, the Company is in the process of completing sales to private investors of up to approximately 80,000 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate of up to $400,000 pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

At March 31, 1996, the Company owed approximately $309,000 in current liabilities to various trade and other unrelated creditors. Of this amount approximately $56,000 was owed substantially all to various legal firms for services provided to the Company. These professionals and vendors continue to provide services to the Company; however, there can be no assurance that they will continue to do so in the future while all or a portion of such amounts remains outstanding. The Company intends to use a portion of the above offerings proceeds and future financings to repay the overdue amounts due to creditors.

Consistent with industry practices, the Company may accept product returns or provide other credits in the event that a distributor holds excess inventory of the Company's products. The Company's sales are made on credit terms which vary significantly depending on the nature of the sale. In addition, the Company does not hold collateral to secure payment from its United States and Canadian distributors. Therefore, a default in payment by one or more of the Company's United States and Canadian distributors or customers could adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company believes it has established sufficient reserves to accurately reflect the amount or likelihood of product returns or credits and uncollectible receivables. However, there can be no assurance that actual returns and uncollectible

19

receivables will not exceed the Company's reserves. Any significant increase in product returns or uncollected accounts receivable beyond reserves could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company has not experienced material product returns or uncollectible receivables in the past.

Sales of the Company's products will depend principally on end user demand for such products. The oil filtration industry has historically been competitive and, as is typically the case with innovative products, the ultimate level of demand for the Company's products is subject to a high degree of uncertainty. Developing market acceptance, particularly worldwide, for the Company's existing and proposed products will require substantial marketing efforts and the expenditure of a significant amount of funds to inform customers of the perceived benefits and cost advantages of its products. Accordingly, the Company believes its selling and general and administrative expense levels will continue to increase in dollar amount as the Company intends to use a portion of current and future financing proceeds to fund such business activities.

The Company is not currently generating sufficient revenues to fund its existing and planned expansion of operations. Accordingly, the Company has embarked and is implementing plans to raise additional capital, including its most recent $400,000 offering. The Company intends to use such additional financing to increase its marketing and sales efforts, such as the hiring of additional sales personnel and related costs, implementation of an advertising program, and additional trade shows. Additionally, the Company intends to hire additional operating/finance personnel, as well as additional manufacturing supervisory and plant personnel to meet expected production increases, as well as to assist in the implementation of the Company's planned Indian manufacturing joint venture.

The above is not an all inclusive listing of the Company's planned expenditures. In the event that the proceeds of these or other future offerings or financings are not received, the Company will not be able to implement its current plans. The inability to obtain additional financing when needed, would have a material adverse effect on the Company, including possibly requiring the Company to curtail or cease its operations.

Impact of Inflation

Inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company's operations. However, any significant decrease in the price for oil or labor, environmental compliance costs, and engine replacement costs could adversely impact the Company's end users cost/benefit analysis as to the use of the Company's products.

20

Quarterly Fluctuations

The Company's operating results may fluctuate significantly from period to period as a result of a variety of factors, including product returns, purchasing patterns of consumers, the length of the Company's sales cycle to key customers and distributors, the timing of the introduction of new products and product enhancements by the Company and its competitors, technological factors, variations in sales by product and distribution channel, and competitive pricing. Consequently, the Company's product revenues may vary significantly by quarter and the Company's operating results may experience significant fluctuations.

ITEM 3. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.

All of the Company's operations are conducted from its 14,500 square foot facility located in Boynton Beach, Florida. The facility is leased for a term ending March 31, 1999 at a current annual rate of approximately $78,600.

ITEM 4 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's Common Stock beneficially owned on July 10, 1996 for (i) each stockholder known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of five (5%) percent or more of the Company's outstanding Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's executive officers and directors, and (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group. In general, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or the power to dispose or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which the person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within sixty (60) days. At July 10, 1996, there were 1,310,886 shares of Common Stock outstanding. The address of each of the persons set forth below is 3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100, Boynton Beach, Florida 33426, except as otherwise noted.

                                    No. of Shares              Percent of
Name and Address or                 of Common Stock            Beneficial
Identity of Group                   Beneficially Owned         Ownership
- -----------------                   ------------------         ---------

Richard C. Ford(1)(4)                    655,728                    50.0%
Richard J. Ford(2)(4)                    324,900                    24.8%
Byron Lefebvre                            29,070                     2.2%
All Executive Officers
and Directors as
a group (3 persons)                    1,009,698                    77.0%
J.W. Taylor(3)(5)                        114,000                     8.7%
- ------------------------------

21

(1) Includes 11,400 shares owned by Catherine Ford, Mr. Ford's wife, of which Mr. Ford disclaims beneficial ownership.

(2) Includes 108,300 shares beneficially owned by Traci M. Ford and 108,300 shares beneficially owned by Jennifer D. Ford over which Richard J. Ford has irrevocable proxy voting power through 2006, but of which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

(3) Includes 28,500 shares owned by each of Margaret A. Taylor, Barbara A. Taylor and John F. Taylor, of which James W. Taylor has voting power.

(4) Ownership of approximately 440,000 shares owned by Mr. R.C. Ford and his children is currently being contested by members of the Taylor Family. See "Part II, Item 3 - Legal Proceedings-Stockholder Litigation."

(5) The address is c/o N.A.Taylor and Company, 10 W. 9th Avenue, Gloversville, N.Y. 12078.

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

The following table sets forth the names, positions with the Company and ages of the executive officers and directors of the Company. Directors will be elected at the Company's annual meeting of stockholders and serve for one year or until their successors are elected and qualify. Officers are elected by the Board and their terms of office are, except to the extent governed by employment contract, at the discretion of the Board.

      Name              Age         Position
      ----              ---         --------

Richard C. Ford         52          President, Secretary, Treasurer,
                                    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Byron Lefebvre          58          Director

Richard J. Ford         25          Vice President

RICHARD C. FORD has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company since its inception in 1988. Mr. Ford is also a Director of TF Purifiner Limited.

BYRON LEFEBVRE has been a Director of the Company since February 1994 and has been an employee of the Company since 1994 and since late 1993 was a consultant to the Company. From 1985 to 1990, he was President of Refineco Manufacturing, Inc., the Company which manufactured and marketed the Purifiner(TM) prior to the Company. He is the inventor of the Purifiner(TM) T/F-8 spin-on unit as well as

22

the inventor of the new TFP Filter Plus and redesigned Purifiner(TM) (patent pending). During the period from 1990 to May 20, 1996, Mr. Lefebvre controlled D.B. Filters, Inc., an inactive company since October 1993, which had limited rights to manufacture the Elements used in the Purifiner(TM) in North America and owned certain royalty rights related to the TFP Filter Plus. On May 28, 1993, Mr. Lefebvre filed for personal bankruptcy with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Florida. The case was discharged on September 27, 1993. Mr. Lefebvre served in the United States Air Force. Mr. Lefebvre oversees the engineering, development and evaluation of all of the Company's new products and product enhancements.

RICHARD J. FORD has been with the Company since January 1994, and a Vice President of the Company since October 1995. Mr. Ford has worked in the marketing, communications and public relations areas, and undertaken various special projects for the Company. Mr. Ford is also a Director of TF Purifiner Limited. Mr. Ford received degrees in English from Florida State University in 1993. Mr. Ford is the son of Richard C. Ford.

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

CASH COMPENSATION

The following table shows, for the three year period ended December 31, 1995, the cash and other compensation paid by the Company to its President and Chief Executive Officer and to each of the executive officers of the Company who had annual compensation in excess of $100,000.

                          Summary Compensation Table

Name and                                           Other              All
Principal                                          Annual            Other
Position          Year      Salary   Bonus     Compensation(1) Compensation(2)
- --------          ----      ------   -----     --------------- ---------------

Richard C. Ford   1995      $104,000  -0-        $1,370           $12,000
President, CEO    1994      $104,000  -0-        $1,355           $12,000
Treasurer and     1993      $104,000  -0-        $1,385            $4,000
Secretary
- --------------

(1) This amount represents payments made by the Company for health insurance premiums.

(2) This amount represents payments made to Mr. Ford for performing various product field testing.

23

Employment Agreements

The Company currently does not have employment agreements with any of its executive officers or other employees but does intend to enter into written agreements with certain of them in the future.

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

The following table sets forth information with respect to the grant of options to purchase shares of Common Stock during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 to each person named in the Summary Compensation Table.

                  Number of     % of Total
                  Securities    Options/SARs
                  Underlying    Granted to        Exercise or
                  Options/SARs  Employees in      Base Price       Expiration
Name              Granted(#)    Fiscal Year       ($/Shares)       Date
- ----              ------------  ------------      -----------      -----------
Richard C. Ford        -0-             -0-              -0-             -0-

Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan

The Board of Directors and a majority of the Company's stockholders intend to adopt and implement the Company's proposed 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan").

The Plan will work to increase the employees', board of advisors, consultants' and non-employee directors' proprietary interest in the Company and to align more closely their interests with the interests of the Company's stockholders. The Plan will also maintain the Company's ability to attract and retain the services of experienced and highly qualified employees and non-employee directors.

Under the Plan, the Company intends to reserve an aggregate of 650,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to options granted under the Plan ("Plan Options"). The Board of Directors or a Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") of the Company will administer the Plan including, without limitation, the selection of the persons who will be granted Plan Options under the Plan, the type of Plan Options to be granted, the number of shares subject to each Plan Option and the Plan Option price.

Plan Options granted under the Plan may either be options qualifying as incentive stock options ("Incentive Options") under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or options that do not so qualify ("Non-Qualified Options"). In addition, the Plan also allows for the inclusion of a reload option provision ("Reload Option"), which permits an eligible person to pay the exercise price of the Plan Option with shares of Common Stock owned

24

by the eligible person and receive a new Plan Option to purchase shares of Common Stock equal in number to the tendered shares. Any Incentive Option granted under the Plan must provide for an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of such grant, but the exercise price of any Incentive Option granted to an eligible employee owning more than 10% of the Company's Common Stock must be at least 110% of such fair market value as determined on the date of the grant. The term of each Plan Option and the manner in which it may be exercised is determined by the Board of the Directors or the Committee, provided that no Plan Option may be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of its grant and, in the case of an Incentive Option granted to an eligible employee owning more than 10% of the Company's Common Stock, no more than five years after the date of the grant.

The exercise price of Non-Qualified Options shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee.

The per share purchase price of shares subject to Plan Options granted under the Plan may be adjusted in the event of certain changes in the Company's capitalization, but any such adjustment shall not change the total purchase price payable upon the exercise in full of Plan Options granted under the Plan.

Officers, directors, key employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries (if applicable in the future) will be eligible to receive Non-Qualified Options under the Plan. Only officers, directors and employees of the Company who are employed by the Company or by any subsidiary thereof are eligible to receive Incentive Options.

All Plan Options are nonassignable and nontransferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the optionee, may be exercised only by such optionee. If an optionee's employment is terminated for any reason, other than his death or disability or termination for cause, or if an optionee is not an employee of the Company but is a member of the Company's Board of Directors and his service as a Director is terminated for any reason, other than death or disability, the Plan Option granted to him shall lapse to the extent unexercised on the earlier of the expiration date or 30 days following the date of termination. If the optionee dies during the term of his employment, the Plan Option granted to him shall lapse to the extent unexercised on the earlier of the expiration date of the Plan Option or the date one year following the date of the optionee's death. If the optionee is permanently and totally disabled within the meaning of Section 22(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Plan Option granted to him lapses to the extent unexercised on the earlier of the expiration date of the option or one year following the date of such disability.

25

The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, except that no amendment shall be made which (i) increases the total number of shares subject to the Plan or changes the minimum purchase price therefor (except in either case in the event of adjustments due to changes in the Company's capitalization), (ii) affects outstanding Plan Options or any exercise right thereunder, (iii) extends the term of any Plan Option beyond ten years, or (iv) extends the termination date of the Plan. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been suspended or terminated by the Board of Directors, the Plan shall terminate on approximately 10 years from the date of the Plan's adoption. Any such termination of the Plan shall not affect the validity of any Plan Options previously granted thereunder.

OPTION EXERCISES AND HOLDINGS

      The following table sets forth information with respect to the exercise of
options to purchase shares of Common Stock during the fiscal year ended December
31,  1995 to  each  person  named  in the  Summary  Compensation  Table  and the
unexercised options held as of the end of the 1995 fiscal year.

         AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FY-END
                                OPTION/SAR VALUES

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Number of
                                                  Securities     Value of
                                                  Underlying     Unexercised
                          Shares                  Unexercised    in-the-Money
                          Acquired                Options/SARs   Options/SARs
                          on          Value       at FY-End (#)  at FY-End ($)
                          Exercise    Realized    Exercisable/   Exercisable/
      Name                  (#)         ($)       Unexercisable  Unexercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Richard C. Ford 0 0 0 0 President, Chief Executive
Officer, Treasurer, and
Secretary
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS - AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR


Number Performance Estimated Future Payouts Under of Shares, or Other Non-stock Price-based Plans Units or Period Until ------------------------------
                       Other Rights Maturation   Threshold  Target   Maximum
         Name            (#)       or Payout     ($ or #)   ($ or #) ($ or #)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Richard C. Ford           0            0            0           0        0
President, Chief
Executive Officer,
Treasurer, and Secretary

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

TRANSACTION WITH TAYLOR FAMILY. During 1995, the Company had sales of approximately $91,000 to N.A. Taylor and Company, an affiliate of the Taylor

26

Family. Such affiliate is a current warehouse distributor for the Company. From February 24, 1994 to October 6, 1995, this company was the exclusive master distributor of the Company's products for the State of New York and also acted as the Company's manufacturer's representative for the State of New York, for which it received certain price concessions from the Company.

RELATIONSHIP OF THE COMPANY TO T/F SYSTEMS, INC. On December 31, 1995, the Company acquired all of the operating assets and assumed all of the operating liabilities of T/F Systems, Inc., except as previously described. At such time, T/F Systems, Inc. was owned approximately 75% by Richard C. Ford and his immediately family and substantially all the other shares were owned by the Taylor Family. See "Note 11 to the Notes to Financial Statements."

LOANS AND ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES TO AFFILIATES. During 1994, the Company and Systems received stockholder loans of approximately $462,000 from Richard C. Ford, the Company's principal stockholder, and his children, Richard J., Traci M. and Jennifer D. Ford. Such loans bore interest at 10% per annum. In 1994, $266,000 of such loans were converted into 866,400 shares of the Company's Common Stock. Additionally, during 1995, Mr. Ford loaned the Company and Systems $75,500 and was repaid $85,000. For the three months ended March 31, 1996, Mr. Ford was repaid $13,500 by the Company on certain loans. See "Notes to Financial Statements."

During 1995, Mr. Richard C. Ford agreed to become personally obligated for the repayment of certain loans made to the Company of which approximately $317,000 of principal and accrued interest was outstanding as of March 31, 1996.

D.B. FILTERS, INC. On May 20, 1996, the Company acquired all of the common stock of D.B. Filters, Inc. ("DB Filters") for $1,275 in cash and 36,309 shares of its Common Stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $137,000. DB Filters was owned by two employees of the Company, one of which was Byron Lefebvre, a Director of the Company. D.B Filter's only assets were the future royalty rights related to the Company's new Element patent and certain restricted, as defined, North American Element manufacturing rights. DB Filters had no other material assets or liabilities at December 3, 1994 and 1995 and no material operations in 1994 and 1995. See "Note 13 to the Notes to Financial Statements."

The Company believes that the transactions referred to above were on terms no less favorable to the Company than terms which could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

ITEM 8. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The Company is currently authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, of which 1,310,886 shares were outstanding as of

27

July 10, 1996. The Company is also authorized to issue up to 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, no shares of which have previously been issued.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share. Subject to the dividend rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to share, on a ratable basis, such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment to creditors and holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the assets of the Company will be divided pro rata on a per share basis among the holders of the Common Stock.

Each share of Common Stock entitles the holders thereof, to one vote. Holders of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights which means that the holders of more than 50% of shares voting for the election of Directors can elect all of the Directors if they choose to do so, and in such event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any Directors. The Company's management or their affiliates own or have the right to vote 1,009,698 shares or approximately 77% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company at July 10, 1996. The By-Laws of the Company require that only a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company need be represented to constitute a quorum and to transact business at a stockholders' meeting. The Common Stock has no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights and is not redeemable by the Company.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, issuable in such series and bearing such voting, dividend, conversion, liquidation and other rights and preferences as the Board of Directors may determine. As of the date hereof, no shares have been issued or are outstanding. The Preferred Stock is so-called "Blank Check" Preferred Stock, which means that the Board of Directors of the Company, in its sole discretion, will be able to issue the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series of classes having such terms, designations and preferences as determined by the Board of Directors and without authorization or confirmation by the stockholders of the Company.

Options and Warrants

There are currently no outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company. However, warrants or options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be expected to be provided to key employees, members of

28

management, directors, board of advisors, and consultants to the Company in the future under the Company's proposed Plan, other option programs and agreements.

Additionally, pursuant to the Company's offering under Rule 506 of Regulation D (the "506 offering") of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") in March through May 1996, if the Company has not registered any amount of any class of its common stock under the Act, or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within two years from the date of issuance, the investors in the 506 offering have a non-transferable option to sell all or part of their respective shares to the Company (the "Put Option") by giving the Company written notice of their election to exercise the Put Option at the "Put Option Purchase Price." The "Put Option Purchase Price" is the Purchase Price
(which was $3.77 per share or an aggregate of $594,000) plus ten percent (10%)
simple annual interest from the date of original issue. The Company will then be obligated to pay the Put Option Purchase Price from the proceeds of certain dividend payments to be received from Ltd., if any, and from excess available cash as determined by the Company's Board of Directors. 157,377 shares of Common Stock were sold pursuant to the 506 offering and to the extent that the Company does not register its common stock as described above, there will be an aggregate of 157,377 Put Options available to investors in the 506 offering.

CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY

Delaware General Corporation Law

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a statute designed to provide Delaware corporations with protection against hostile takeovers. The takeover statute, which is codified in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Section 203"), among other things, prohibits the Company from engaging in certain business combinations (including a merger) with a person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock (an "Interested Stockholder") during the three-year period following the date such person became an Interested Stockholder. This restriction does not apply if
(1) before such person became an Interested Stockholder, the Board of Directors approved the transaction in which the Interested Stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder or approved the business combination; or (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder's becoming an Interested Stockholder, the Interested Stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Company outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a

29

tender or exchange offer; or (3) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the Interested Stockholder. The Company may exempt itself from the requirements of the statute by adopting an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation. At the present time, the Board of Directors does not intend to propose any such amendment.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions
In the Certificate of Incorporation

While the Board of Directors of the Company is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of the Company at the present time, the Board of Directors, as discussed below, believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to protect the interests of the Company and its stockholders from hostile takeovers which the Board of Directors might conclude are not in the best interests of the Company or the Company's stockholders. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt which is not approved by the Board of Directors but which individual stockholders may deem to be in their best interests or in which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal of the current Board of Directors or management of the Company more difficult.

The following discussion is a general summary of certain provisions of the Company's Amended and Restate Certificate of Incorporation ("Certificate of Incorporation") of the Company which may be deemed to have such an "anti-takeover" effect. The description of these provisions is necessarily general and reference should be made in each case to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation will impede changes in control of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that if the number of Directors exceeds six persons, the Board will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, which shall be elected for staggered three-year terms.

A classified Board of Directors could make it more difficult for stockholders, including those holding a majority of the outstanding shares, to force an immediate change in the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors. Since the terms of only one-third of the incumbent directors expire each year, it requires at least two annual elections for the stockholders to

30

change a majority, whereas a majority of a non-classified board could be changed in one year. In the absence of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation classifying the Board, all of the directors would be elected each year. Management of the Company believes that the staggered election of directors tends to promote continuity of management because only one-third of the Board of Directors is subject to election each year. Staggered terms guarantee that in the ordinary course approximately two-thirds of the directors, or more, at any one time have had at least one year's experience as directors of the Company, and moderate the pace of change in the Board by extending the minimum time required to elect a majority of directors.

The Certificate of Incorporation further provides that any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term by a two-thirds vote of the directors then in office.

STOCKHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED TO APPROVE BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation requires the approval of the holders of (i) at least 66% of the Company's outstanding shares of voting stock, and (ii) at least a majority of the Company's outstanding shares of voting stock, not including shares held by a "Related Person," to approve certain "Business Combinations" as defined therein, and related transactions. Under Delaware law, absent this provision, Business Combinations, including mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of the assets of the Company must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock. For a discussion of an exception to the majority approval requirement under Delaware law, see "Certain Restrictions on Acquisition of the Company-- Delaware General Corporation Law." The increased voting requirements in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation apply in connection with business combinations involving a "Related Person," except in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved in advance by two-thirds of those members of the Company's Board of Directors who (i) are unaffiliated with the Related Person and (ii) who were either (a) directors prior to the time when the Related Person became a Related Person or (b) a member of the Board of Directors on the effective date of the Certificate of Incorporation (the "Continuing Directors"). The term "Related Person" is defined to include any individual, corporation, partnership or other entity which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. A "Business Combination" is defined to include (i) any merger, reorganization, or consolidation of the Company with or into any Related Person; (ii) any sale, lease exchange, mortgage, transfer, or other disposition of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Company or of a subsidiary to any Related Person (the

31

term "substantial part" is defined to include more than 25% of the Company's total assets); (iii) any merger or consolidation of a Related Person with or into the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; (iv) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or any substantial part of the assets of a Related Person to the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; (v) the issuance of any securities of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company to a Related Person; (vi) the acquisition by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company of any securities of the Related Person; and (vii) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the above transactions.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF SECURITIES. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that for a period of five years from the effective date of the initial registered public offering of the Company's common stock, no person may acquire, directly or indirectly, the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Company, unless such offer or acquisition shall have been approved in advance by a two-thirds vote of the Company's Continuing Directors. This provision does not apply to any employee stock benefit plan of the Company. In addition, during such five-year period, no shares beneficially owned in violation of the foregoing percentage limitation, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, shall be entitled to vote in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. Additionally, the Certificate of Incorporation provides for further restrictions on voting rights of shares owned in excess of 10% of any class of equity security of the Company beyond five years after the initial registered public offering. Specifically, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that if, at any time after five years from the initial registered public offering, any person acquires the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Company, then, with respect to each share voted in excess of 10%, the record holders of voting stock of the Company beneficially owned by such person shall be entitled to cast only one-hundredth of one vote with respect to each share voted in excess of 10% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company which such record holders would otherwise be entitled to cast without giving effect to the provision, and the aggregate voting power of such record holders shall be allocated proportionately among such record holders. An exception from the restriction is provided if the acquisition of more than 10% of the securities received the prior approval by a two-thirds vote of the Company's Continuing Directors. Under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the restriction on voting shares beneficially owned in violation of the foregoing limitations is imposed automatically. In order to prevent the imposition of such restrictions, the Board of Directors must take affirmative action approving in advance a particular offer to acquire such shares. Unless the Board took such affirmative action, the provision would operate to restrict the voting by beneficial owners of more than 10% of the Common Stock in a proxy contest.

32

BOARD CONSIDERATION OF CERTAIN NONMONETARY FACTORS IN THE EVENT OF AN OFFER BY ANOTHER PARTY. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company directs the Board of Directors, in evaluating a Business Combination or a tender or exchange offer, to consider, in addition to the adequacy of the amount to be paid in connection with any such transaction, certain specified factors and any other factors the Board deems relevant, including (i) the social and economic effects of the transaction on the Company and its subsidiaries, employees, customers, creditors and other elements of the communities in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (ii) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects of the acquiring party or parties; and (iii) the competence, experience and integrity of the acquiring party or parties and its or their management.

One effect of this provision might be to encourage consultation by an offeror with the Board of Directors prior to or after commencing a tender offer in an attempt to prevent a contest from developing. This provision thus may strengthen the Board of Directors' position in dealing with any potential offeror which might attempt to effect a takeover of the Company. The provision will not make a Business Combination regarded by the Board of Directors as being in the interests of the Company more difficult to accomplish, but it will permit the Board of Directors to determine that a Business Combination or tender or exchange offer is not in the interests of the Company (and thus to oppose it) on the basis of various factors deemed relevant.

AUTHORIZATION OF PREFERRED STOCK. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of preferred stock, which conceivably would represent an additional class of stock required to approve any proposed acquisition. The Company is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the Board of Directors is authorized to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of such shares, including voting rights (which could be multiple or as a separate class) and conversion rights. Issuance of the preferred stock could adversely affect the relative voting rights of holders of the Common Stock. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of the Company that the Board of Directors does not approve, it might be possible for the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of such a transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future takeover attempt. The Board of Directors has no present plans or understandings for the issuance of any preferred stock and does not intend to issue any preferred stock except on terms which the Board of Directors deems to be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. This preferred stock, none of which has been issued by the Company, together

33

with authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock (the Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock), also could represent additional capital required to be purchased by an acquiror.

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company's Bylaws may be amended either by a two-thirds vote of the Company's Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66% of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as a single class). Absent this provision, Delaware law provides that a corporation's bylaws may be amended by the holders of a majority of a corporation's outstanding capital stock. The Company's Bylaws contain numerous provisions concerning the Company's governance, such as fixing the number of directors and determining the number of directors constituting a quorum. By reducing the ability of a potential corporate raider to make changes in the Company's Bylaws and to reduce the authority of the Board of Directors or impede its ability to manage the Company, this provision could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through bylaw amendments is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that specified provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation may not be repealed, altered, amended or rescinded except upon the affirmative vote of not less than 66% of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as a single class). This requirement exceeds the majority vote of the outstanding stock that would otherwise be required by Delaware law for the repeal or amendment of a certificate provision. The specific provisions are those (i) governing the calling of special meetings, the absence of cumulative voting rights and the requirement that stockholder action be taken only at annual or special meetings, (ii) requiring written notice to the Company of nominations for the election of directors and new business proposals, (iii) governing the number of the Company's Board of Directors, the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors and classification of the Board of Directors, (iv) providing the mechanism for removing directors, (v) limiting the acquisition of 10% or more of the capital stock of the Company (except, with the prior approval of the Continuing Directors of the Company), (vi) governing the requirement for the approval of certain Business Combinations involving a "Related Person," (vii) regarding the consideration of certain nonmonetary factors in the event of an offer by another party, (viii) providing for the indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company,
(ix) pertaining to the elimination of the liability of the directors to the Company and its stockholders for monetary damages,

34

with certain exceptions, for breach of fiduciary duty, and (x) governing the required stockholder vote for amending the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company. This provision is intended to prevent the holders of less than 66% of the outstanding stock of the Company from circumventing any of the foregoing provisions by amending the Certificate of Incorporation to delete or modify one of such provisions. This provision further provides that such repeal, alteration, amendment or rescission may be made by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as a single class) if the same is first approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, as defined above.

BENEFIT PLANS. In addition to the provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation described above, the Company's proposed 1996 Stock Option Plan contains provisions which also may discourage hostile takeover attempts which the Boards of Directors of the Company might conclude are not in the best interests of the Company, or the Company's stockholders. For a description of the Company's proposed 1996 Stock Option Plan and the provisions of such plan relating to changes in control of the Company, see "Executive Compensation-Incentive and Non-qualified Stock Option Plan."

THE PURPOSE OF AND ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF THE COMPANY'S CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION. The Board of Directors of the Company and believes that the provisions described above reduce the Company's vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions which have not been negotiated with and approved by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company believes these provisions are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. In the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Board is in the best position to consider all relevant factors and to negotiate for what is in the best interests of the stockholders and the Company's other constituents. Accordingly, the Boards of Directors of the Company believe that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate directly with the Company's Board of Directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage non-negotiated takeover attempts.

An unsolicited takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and management of a corporation and cause great expense. Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above then current market prices, such offers are sometimes made for less than all the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be

35

disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise which is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

Despite the belief of the Company as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, these provisions may also have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt which would not be approved by the Company's Board, but pursuant to which the stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal of the Company's Board of Directors and management more difficult and may tend to stabilize the Company's stock price, thus limiting gains which might otherwise be reflected in price increases due to a potential merger or acquisition. The Board of Directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits of these provisions outweigh the possible disadvantages. Pursuant to applicable regulations, at any annual or special meeting of its stockholders, the Company may adopt additional Certificate of Incorporation provisions regarding the acquisition of its equity securities that would be permitted to a Delaware corporation.

36

PART II

All discussions herein give effect to a 100:1 forward stock split effected on June 15, 1995 and a 57:1 forward stock split effected for all stockholders of record as of July 1, 1996, except as otherwise specifically set forth.

ITEM 1. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
OTHER STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

As of July 23, 1996, there were approximately 35 stockholders of record of the Company's Common Stock. The Company's Common Stock is not currently listed for trading.

The transfer agent for the Company's Common Stock is Florida Atlantic Stock Transfer, Inc., 5701 N. Pine Island Road, Tamarac, Florida 33321.

The Company has never paid cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company presently intends to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of its business and does not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future. The future dividend policy will depend on the Company's earnings, capital requirements, expansion plans, financial condition and other relevant factors.

ITEM 2. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Premo Litigation.

On December 8, 1994, the Company, as exclusive licensee of certain patents, and Robert C. Malt, the patent owner, filed an action against Premo Lubrication Technologies, Inc. ("Premo") and Charles Borzarelli (collectively the "Defendants") in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The Company and Mr. Malt have alleged that the Defendants have infringed on one of its patents issued on October 14, 1980, and have manufactured and sold such devices. The Plaintiffs are seeking adjudication that
(i) Defendants have willfully infringed this patent (and requesting damages for lost profits or, at a minimum, royalties together with an amount equal to three times these damages plus interest), (ii) Defendants be permanently enjoined from the making, using or selling the infringing oil reclamation devices and (iii) infringing devices in Defendants' possession be forfeited.

The Defendants subsequently filed counterclaims, as amended, against Plaintiffs alleging that (i) the subject patents are unenforceable and, furthermore, (ii) that under certain legal doctrines the Plaintiffs are barred from asserting its claims.

37

Additionally, the Defendants allege that the Company engaged in antitrust violations and various kinds of unfair trade practices and that the Company and certain of its employees have libeled the Defendant's business and unlawfully interfered with its business relationships. Management believes that it has meritorious defenses to all of the counterclaims and that they will eventually prevail in the litigation. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will prevail in the litigation, and if not, the outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.

STOCKHOLDER LITIGATION.

On August 26, 1994, the Company and its principal stockholder, Richard C. Ford ("Ford"), filed an action against the representatives of the Estate of Willard Taylor in the Circuit Court for the Seventeenth Judicial Circuit in Broward County, Florida. The suit sought a declaratory judgment essentially to confirm the validity of various issuance's of Common Stock to Ford and members of his family by the Company in 1994. Prior to the Common Stock issuances, the Company obtained an independent appraisal of the value of its Common Stock, and the Fords paid a purchase price consistent with that valuation. The representatives of the Estate of Willard Taylor have contested the validity of the Common Stock issuances and the constitution of the Board of Directors, and filed a counterclaim seeking to invalidate the issuances and the constitution of the Board of Directors, claiming a breach of fiduciary duty and requesting the appointment of a receiver.

Additionally, in June 1995, the Estate demanded repayment of its advances to the Company in the amount of $502,026 (and $268,742 of advances made to T/F Systems, Inc. which have not been assumed by the Company pursuant to the purchase of assets of T/F Systems, Inc.), although no litigation related to this demand has been filed to date. Management of the Company believes that such advances are not currently due to the Estate and will contest the required time of repayment of such advances if any suit related thereto is commenced by the Estate. In a separate related action, the Estate is also seeking repayment of certain loans made to Richard C. Ford by Willard Taylor prior to Mr. Taylor's death in the principal amount of $508,250 which, in turn, were also advanced to the Company by Ford.

The ultimate outcome of this litigation and demand for the repayment of the stockholder loans cannot currently be determined. However, management believes it has meritorious defenses to the counterclaims and current demand for repayment, and will eventually prevail in its declaratory action and that the repayment of loans would not result in the current payment of such amounts. However, in the event an unfavorable outcome against the companies is rendered in this litigation, the possible remedies may include the redistribution and rescission of certain stock transactions with

38

the Ford family, and possible reconstitution of the Board of Directors. Based upon the initial pleadings by defendants, it does not appear that a sizable judgment against the companies for money damages is presently being sought by the Taylor representatives. Any judgment for money damages, based upon the pleadings filed thus far, would conceivably be against Richard C. Ford, individually.

ITEM 3. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 4. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On June 15, 1995, the Company undertook a 100 for one (100:1) forward stock split of its Common Stock (the "1995 Forward Split") and on July 1, 1996, the Company effected a fifty-seven for one (57:1) forward stock split of its Common Stock (the "1996 Forward Split"). All figures set forth below give effect to the 1995 Forward Split and the 1996 Forward Split.

On February 10, 1994, the Company issued 5700 shares of Common Stock to Richard C. Ford in exchange for convertible notes in the amount of $1,750. The issuance of the share was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act.

On June 2, 1994, the Company issued 535,800 shares of Common Stock to Richard C. Ford in exchange for convertible notes in the amount of $164,500. The issuance of such shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act.

On August 12, 1994, the Registrant issued 62,700 shares, 62,700 shares and 62,700 shares of Common Stock to Richard J. Ford (the Vice President of the Company), Jennifer D. Ford and Traci M. Ford, respectively in exchange for convertible notes in the amount of $19,250, $19,250 and $19,250, respectively. The issuance of such Shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act. Richard J. Ford, Jennifer D. Ford and Traci M. Ford are the children of Richard C. Ford, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer.

On December 7, 1994, the Company issued 45,600 shares, 45,600 shares and 45,600 shares of Common Stock to Richard J. Ford (the Vice President of the Company), Jennifer D. Ford and Traci M. Ford respectively in exchange for convertible notes in the amount of $14,000, $14,000 and $14,000, respectively. The issuance of such Shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act.

On June 5, 1995, the Company issued 11,400 shares and 11,400 shares of Common Stock to an employee of the Company and to Catherine Ford, respectively,

39

in exchange for promissory notes and cash of $3,501, and $3,501, respectively. The issuance of such Shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act. Mrs. Ford is the wife of Richard C. Ford, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer.

On June 15, 1995 and July 1, 1996, pursuant to recapitalizations effected by amendments to the Articles of Incorporation, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,310,886 shares of Common Stock to it its existing stockholders in exchange for all issued and outstanding Common Stock. The issuance of such shares pursuant to the recapitalization was exempt from the registration requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 3(A)(9) of the Act.

Between approximately March 23, 1996 and May 16, 1996, the Company issued an aggregate of 157,377 shares of Common Stock to investors in the offering of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Act. The Company received gross proceeds of $594,000 from this private offering.

On May 20, 1996, the Company issued 7,239 shares and 29,070 shares to Robert Meyer (an employee of the Company) and Byron Lefebvre (a director and employee of the Company), respectively, in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of D.B. Filters, Inc. D.B. Filters, Inc.'s only material assets are certain future royalty rights and limited North American filter Element manufacturing rights.

Between July 15 and July 23, 1996, pursuant to the Company's offer and sale of Common Stock at $5.00 per share, pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D of the Act, the Company has accepted subscriptions for an aggregate of 19,600 shares and received gross proceeds of $98,000 as of July 23, 1996.

ITEM 5. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Article X of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provide for indemnification of officers and directors. The specific provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Amendment related to such indemnification is as follows:

A. PERSONS. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the extent provided in paragraphs B, D or F:

(1) any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation; and

(2) any person who serves or served at the Corporation's request as a director, officer, employee, agent, partner or trustee of

40

another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

B. EXTENT -- DERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation against a person named in paragraph A by reason of his holding a position named in paragraph A, the Corporation shall indemnify him if he satisfied the standard in paragraph C, for expenses (including attorneys' fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit.

C. STANDARD -- DERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation, a person named in paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:

(1) he is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of the suit or action, and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, the taking of any and all actions in connection with the Corporation's response to any tender offer or any offer or proposal of another party to engage in a Business Combination and approved by the Board of Directors. However, he shall not be indemnified in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which he has been adjudged liable to the Corporation unless (and only to the extent that) the court in which the suit was brought shall determine, upon application, that despite the adjudication but in view of all the circumstances, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses a the court shall deem proper.

D. EXTENT -- NONDERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a threatened, pending or completed suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), other than a suit by or in the right of the Corporation, together hereafter referred to as a Nonderivative suit, against a person named in paragraph A by reason of his holding a position named in paragraph A, the Corporation shall indemnify him if he satisfied the standard in paragraph E, for amounts actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the nonderivative suit, including, but not limited to (i) expenses (including attorneys' fees), (ii) amounts paid in settlement, (iii) judgments, and (iv) fines.

41

E. STANDARD -- NONDERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a nonderivative suit, a person named in paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:

(1) he is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of the nonderivative suit and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, the taking of any and all actions in connection with the Corporation's response to any tender offer or any offer or proposal of another party to engage in a Business Combination not approved by the Board of Directors and, with respect to any criminal actions or proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of a nonderivative suit by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no lo contendere or its equivalent shall not, in itself, create a presumption that the person failed to satisfy the standard of this subparagraph E(2).

F. DETERMINATION THAT STANDARD HAS BEEN MET. A determination that the standard of paragraph C or E has been satisfied may be made by a court, or, except as stated in subpara- graph C(2) (second sentence), the determination may be made by:

(1) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the Corporation who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding; or

(2) independent legal counsel (appointed by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Corporation, whether or not a quorum) in a written opinion; or

(3) the stockholders of the Corporation.

G. PRORATION. Anyone making a determination under paragraph F may determine that a person has met the standard as to some matters but not as to others, and may reasonably prorate amounts to be indemnified.

H. ADVANCE PAYMENT. The Corporation shall pay in advance any expenses (including attorneys' fees) which may become subject to indemnification under paragraphs A through G if:

(1) the Board of Directors authorizes the specific payment; and

42

(2) the person receiving the payment undertakes in writing to repay the same if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification by the Corporation under paragraphs A through G.

I. NONEXCLUSIVE. The indemnification and advance payment of expenses provided by paragraphs A through H shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be entitled by law, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

J. CONTINUATION. The indemnification provided by this Article X shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and the persons entitled to indemnification thereunder, and any repeal or modification of this Article X shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. The indemnification and advance payment provided by paragraphs A through H shall continue as to a person who has ceased to hold a position named in paragraph A and shall inure to his heirs, executors and administrators.

K. INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who holds or who has held any position named in paragraph A, against any liability incurred by him in any such position, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify him against such liability under paragraphs A through H.

L. INTENTION AND SAVINGS CLAUSE. It is the intention of this Article X to provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and this Article X shall be interpreted accordingly. If this Article X or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, and agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges, and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settle with respect to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article X that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended, or other Delaware law is enacted, to permit further or additional indemnification of the persons defined in this Article X A, then the indemnification of such persons shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended, or such other Delaware law.

43

Article XI of the Company's Amended and Restated Article of Incorporation sets forth the limitations on directors" liability as follows:

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except: (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions that are not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other Delaware law is amended or enacted after the date of filing of this Certificate to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, or such other Delaware law. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

The above indemnification provisions notwithstanding, the Company is aware that insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as express in the act and is therefore unenforceable.

PART F/S

The financial statements and supplementary data are included herein.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

The following audited Financial Statements for the Company, including the audited balance sheet at December 31, 1995 and the related audited statements of operations, changes in capital deficiency, and cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 1995 and the unaudited balance sheet at March 31, 1996 and the related unaudited statements of operations, changes in capital deficiency, and cash flows for each of the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995.

44

T/F Purifiner, Inc.

Contents

                                                                             Page

Report of Independent Auditors................................................F-2

Audited  Financial Statements

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1995.........................................F-3
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995.......F-4
Statements of Changes in Capital Deficiency for the years ended
      December 31, 1994 and 1995..............................................F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995.......F-6
Notes to  Financial Statements................................................F-7

F-1

Report of Independent Auditors

Board of Directors and Shareholders
T/F Purifiner, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of T/F Purifiner, Inc. as at December 31, 1995, and the related statements of operations, changes in capital deficiency and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements enumerated above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of T/F Purifiner, Inc. as at December 31, 1995 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has sustained recurring operating losses, a working capital deficiency, negative cash flows from operating activities and a stockholders' capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this undertainty.

/s/Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP

New York, New York
May 24, 1996

With respect to Note 5
July 1, 1996

F-2

                               T/F Purifiner, Inc.
                                  Balance Sheet
                                December 31, 1995

Assets
Current assets:
  Cash                                                              $    31,732
  Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $3,100                                                    84,122
  Inventories                                                           169,627
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                               7,949
                                                                    -----------
Total current assets                                                    293,430

Property and equipment, net                                              94,616
Patents and trademarks, net of $6,377 of accumulated
   amortization                                                         112,516
Other assets                                                             19,100
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    $   519,662
                                                                    ===========
Liabilities and capital deficiency Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable - trade                                          $   163,657
  Accrued expenses                                                      165,358
  Customer deposits and other                                           149,487
  Note payable - related party                                          101,804
  Accrued interest and other payables - related parties                  61,663
  Current portion of note payable and capital lease obligation            8,339
  Shareholder loans                                                     537,239
                                                                    -----------
Total current liabilities                                             1,187,547

Note payable and capital lease obligation                                13,994
Other note payable and accrued interest                                 211,835
Deferred rent                                                            22,293
Liability to equity investee                                             33,105
Shareholder loans                                                       502,026
                                                                    -----------
Total liabilities                                                     1,970,800

Commitments and contingencies

Capital deficiency:
  Common Stock, $.001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized,
     1,117,200 shares issued and outstanding                              1,117
  Additional paid-in-capital                                            962,375
  Accumulated deficit                                                (2,407,630)
  Subscription receivables                                               (7,000)
                                                                    -----------
                                                                     (1,451,138)
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    $   519,662
                                                                    ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements

F-3

T/F Purifiner, Inc.

Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995

                                                         1994            1995
                                                         ----            ----

Net sales                                           $ 1,038,960     $ 1,480,037
Cost of sales                                           480,834         712,714
                                                    -----------     -----------
Gross profit                                            558,126         767,323

Operating expenses:
  Selling                                               477,470         616,569
  General and administrative                            491,094         531,646
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                        968,564       1,148,215
                                                    -----------     -----------
Operating loss                                         (410,438)       (380,892)

Other expenses:
  Interest expense                                       (9,952)        (28,915)
  Other                                                  (3,807)           --
                                                    -----------     -----------

Net loss                                            $  (424,197)    $  (409,807)
                                                    ===========     ===========

Loss per common share                               $      (.68)    $      (.37)
                                                    ===========     ===========

Weighted average common shares outstanding              628,311       1,107,510
                                                    ===========     ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4

T/F Purifiner, Inc.

Statements of Changes
in Capital Deficiency

                                             Common Stock          Additional                               Total
                                          ------------------        Paid-In-    Accumulated  Subscription  Capital
                                          Shares       Amount       Capital       Deficit    Receivables  Deficiency
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at January 1, 1994                228,000    $    228   $   559,256    $(1,573,626)   $    --    $(1,014,142)

Transaction by TFS - pooled company          --           --        133,000           --           --        133,000

Conversion of shareholder
  and related party loans                 866,400         866       265,134           --           --        266,000

Net loss                                     --           --          --          (424,197)        --       (424,197)
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at December 31, 1994            1,094,400       1,094       957,390     (1,997,823)        --     (1,039,339)

Issuance of common stock,
  net of issuance costs                    22,800          23         4,985           --        (7,000)       (1,992)

Net loss                                     --           --            --        (409,807)        --       (409,807)
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1995            1,117,200    $  1,117   $   962,375    $(2,407,630)   $ (7,000)  $(1,451,138)
                                        =============================================================================

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Statements of Cash Flows Years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995

                                                                 1994         1995
                                                                 ----         ----
Operating activities
Net loss                                                      $(424,197)   $(409,807)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
  used in operating activities:
    Amortization                                                  1,122        5,255
    Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment      19,695       25,823
    Loss on disposal of equipment                                 2,831         --
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Trade accounts receivable, net                            (17,785)     (26,490)
      Inventories                                               113,962      (12,729)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets                 (13,688)       8,839
      Other assets                                                 (700)     (15,300)
      Accounts payable - trade                                  (66,513)      27,648
      Accrued expenses                                           43,787       76,051
      Customer deposits and other                                39,750       86,572
      Accrued interest and other payables - related parties       9,186       52,477
      Deferred rent                                              18,334        3,959
                                                              ---------    ---------
Net cash used in operating activities                          (274,216)    (177,702)

Investing activities
Patents and trademarks                                          (26,694)     (92,199)
Purchases of property and equipment                             (66,057)     (16,302)
                                                              ---------    ---------
Net cash used in investing activities                           (92,751)    (108,501)

Financing activities
Payment of issuance costs                                          --         (1,992)
Proceeds from notes payable                                       9,867      495,000
Payment on notes payable and capital lease obligation            (3,054)    (199,676)
Proceeds from shareholder loans                                 462,614       75,500
Payment on shareholder loans                                   (118,400)     (85,000)
Borrowing from investee                                            --         51,340
Repayment to investee                                              --        (18,235)
                                                              ---------    ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities                       351,027      316,937
                                                              ---------    ---------
(Decrease) increase in cash                                     (15,940)      30,734
Cash balance at beginning of year                                16,938          998
                                                              ---------    ---------
Cash balance at end of year                                   $     998    $  31,732
                                                              =========    =========
Cash paid for interest                                        $     766    $  13,052
                                                              =========    =========

During 1994 and 1995, the Company entered into capital lease obligations in the amounts of approximately $20,000 and $2,000, respectively. See Notes 4 and 5 for description of issuance's of Common Stock.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements December 31, 1994 and 1995

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

T/F Purifiner Inc. ("TFP" or the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, is engaged in the manufacturing, distribution and sale of electric mobile oil purification systems under the trademark "Purifiner" (See Note 11).

The Company holds the exclusive worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights for the Purifiner products pursuant to various patents (see Note 8). Additionally, TFP is the owner of pending patents for an improved filtration system and filter element.

The Company has incurred recurring losses from operations since inception, which has resulted in cash flow difficulties and the continuing need for additional financing. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. In order to continue as a going concern, the Company must obtain additional financing, which it is endeavoring to do through the issuance of additional securities.

The Company is in the process of completing a $400,000 private placement of its Common Stock and expects to complete additional financings. However, there is no assurance that the Company can complete these proposed issuances or that it can obtain adequate additional financing from other sources or that profitable operations can be sustained. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability of recorded asset amounts that might be necessary as a result of the above uncertainty.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Sales are recognized upon shipment. Cash received by the Company prior to shipment is recorded as a customer deposit. Sales are made to certain customers

F-7

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue Recognition (continued)

under terms allowing certain limited rights of return and other limited product and performance warranties for which no provision has been made in the accompanying financial statements. Management believes, based on past experience and future expectations, that such limited return rights and warranties will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful lives of the improvement or the term of the related lease. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment is 5 years.

Patents and Trademarks

Patents and trademarks are stated at cost, including legal costs incurred to defend patent rights, and are amortized using the straight-line method over 10 to 15 years.

Engineering and Development

In 1994 and 1995, engineering and development expenses were approximately $55,000 and $61,000, respectively, and are expensed as incurred.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

The Company has adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement ("FASB") No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" in the first quarter of 1996. FASB 121 requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets (i.e.:
property and equipment and patent and trademarks) used in operations when impairment indicators are present and undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the asset's carrying amount. Based on current circumstances, the adoption of FASB 121 will not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

F-8

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards (continued)

In October 1995, FASB No. 123 was issued which introduces a preferable fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation to employees and for stock-based arrangements with non-employees. At a minimum, the new Statement expands required disclosures of stock-based compensation arrangements with employees and encourages, but does not require, application of the fair-value recognition provisions in the Statement for stock-based compensation to employees. The Company anticipates no material effect on its financial position or results of operations from this new standard which will become effective in 1996 and will continue to follow the existing accounting standards for these types of plans.

Credit Risk

The Company minimizes the concentration of credit risk associated with cash by maintaining its cash with a high quality federally insured financial institution.

The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its significant trade accounts receivable customers and generally does not require collateral. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained against trade accounts receivable at levels which management believes are sufficient to cover potential credit losses. (See Note 10.)

Loss per Share

Loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated as an "S" corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC"). Accordingly, its taxable income or loss is includable in the current taxable income of its shareholders, and no federal or

F-9

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Income Taxes (continued)

state income tax provision or benefit has been recorded in the accompanying financial statements. The differences between financial statement loss and taxable loss related primarily to the treatment of the gain recognized for tax purposes upon the acquisition of TF Systems, Inc. and the timing of the deductibility of certain related party accrued expenses. At December 31, 1995, the Company's tax basis in its inventories and manufacturing rights acquired from TF Systems, Inc. were approximately $215,000 in excess of their financial statement basis.

If the Company had been subject to corporate income taxes for 1994 and 1995, it would not have recorded any income tax expense or benefit in its statements of operations. On April 1, 1996, the Company ceased to qualify under Subchapter S of the IRC and, accordingly, is subject to corporate income taxes commencing April 1, 1996.

2. Inventories

At December 31, 1995, inventories consist of the following:

Raw materials                                 $99,611
Finished goods                                 57,819
Supplies                                       12,197
                                           ----------
                                             $169,627
                                           ==========

3. Property and Equipment

At December 31, 1995, property and equipment consists of the following:

Machinery and equipment                      $130,415
Furniture and fixtures                         23,007
Leasehold improvements                         30,030
                                           ----------
                                              183,452
Less accumulated depreciation and
    amortization                              (88,836)
                                           ----------
                                            $  94,616
                                           ==========

F-10

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

3. Property and Equipment (continued)

At December 31, 1995, machinery and equipment includes approximately $22,000 of equipment held under a capital lease with related accumulated amortization of approximately $6,200.

4. Shareholder Loans

At December 31, 1995, the Company had a total of $1,004,052 of unsecured noninterest bearing shareholder loans payable equally to its principal shareholder and the estate of a former shareholder. There are no stated due dates for these shareholder loans. During 1994, the Company and its principal shareholder instituted legal action against the estate of a former 50% owner of the Company. This litigation sought a declaratory judgment approving the dilution of the Estate's interest in the Company from 50% to approximately 10% as a result of the issuance of additional Common Stock in 1994 to the principal shareholder and his children. Subsequently, the beneficiaries of the estate filed counterclaims against the Company and its principal shareholder and his children seeking declaratory relief, cancellation of additional stock issuances by the Company, an injunction against further issuances, appointment of a receiver and damages against Ford individually. In June 1995, the estate demanded repayment of the shareholder loans due to the estate ($502,026 at December 31, 1995). The ultimate outcome of this litigation and demand for the repayment of the shareholder loans cannot currently be determined, however, management believes it has meritous defenses to the counterclaims and current demand for repayment and would eventually prevail in its declaratory action and that the repayment of loans would not result in the current payment of such amounts. However, in the event an unfavorable outcome against the Company is rendered, the possible remedy will include the redistribution and rescission of certain stock transactions with the Ford family. Such loans have been classified as current in the accompanying balance sheet. The principal shareholder has agreed not to demand repayment of his loans in the amount of $502,026 prior to April 1, 1997 and, accordingly, such loans have been classified as long-term in the accompanying balance sheet.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had a total of $35,213 of unsecured loans due to its principal shareholder bearing interest at 10% per annum. These loans were repaid in April 1996. During 1994 and 1995, the Company incurred approximately $9,000 and $4,000, respectively, of interest expense related to these loans.

F-11

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

4. Shareholder Loans (continued)

During 1994, $266,000 of outstanding convertible notes payable were converted by the principal shareholder and his children into 866,400 shares of T/F Purifiner, Inc. Common Stock based upon the estimated fair value of such Common Stock.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had outstanding notes payable to a shareholder of $101,804, which bear interest at 10% per annum ($9,711 in 1995) and are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company. The notes are a primary obligation of the principal shareholder and are due on demand.

5. Common Stock

In June 1995, pursuant to agreements entered into on December 15, 1994, TFP issued an aggregate of 22,800 shares of its Common Stock to two employees, one of which is related to the principal shareholder, for their estimated fair value at December 15, 1994 of $7,000. The Company agreed to provide additional compensation, including the effect of tax consequences, to such parties in order for them to repay the subscription receivables, prior to their December 31, 1996 due date. On June 6, 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an increase in authorized shares from 2,000 to 100,000, approved a change in the par value of Common Stock from no par value to $.01 par value, and approved a 100 to 1 stock split.

On July 1, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an increase in authorized Common Stock from 100,000 to 20,000,000, approved a change in the par value of Common Stock from $.01 par value to $.001 par value and approved a 57 to 1 stock split distribution for common shareholders of record on such date. All share and per share data presented in the accompanying financial statements have been restated to reflect the above actions.

6. Leases

In August 1993, TFP entered into a five-year noncancelable operating lease agreement, as amended, for the Company's manufacturing, warehouse and office facilities. The lease commenced on April 1, 1994, with payments commencing on July 1, 1994 and increasing lease payments over the second through fourth years of its term. The Company has accounted for these lease payments related to this facility using the straight-line method over the term of this lease and recorded a deferred rent payable. At December 31, 1995, the schedule of future minimum lease payments under this lease is as follows:

F-12

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

6.   Leases (continued)

         1996                                                      $78,000
         1997                                                       85,000
         1998                                                       87,000
         1999                                                       22,000
                                                                 ---------
                                                                  $272,000
                                                                 =========

Total rent  expense  was  approximately  $53,000  and $75,000 for 1994 and 1995,
respectively.

In December 1994 and February 1995, the Company also entered into a four year lease obligation for certain office equipment which has been accounted for as a capital lease. At December 31, 1995, future minimum commitments under this noncancelable capital lease are as follows:

1996                                                      $7,114
1997                                                       7,114
1998                                                       7,114
1999                                                       1,779
                                                       ---------

Total minimum lease payments                              23,121

Less amount representing interest at 12%                  (4,781)
Present value of minimum lease payments                ---------
    ($5,520 due in 1996)                               $  18,340
                                                       =========

7. Notes Payable

At December 31, 1995, the Company has an outstanding note payable, collateralized by certain equipment, in the amount of $3,993. This note bears interest at 6.75% per annum and is due in monthly installments of principal and interest of $265 through 1997.

At December 31, 1995, the Company has an outstanding note payable, collateralized by a partial interest in any future dividends from its joint venture established in 1996 (see Note 13), in the amount of $200,000 plus $11,835 of accrued interest. The note bears interest at 10% per annum and both principal and interest are due on January 15, 1997. This note is also a primary obligation of the principal shareholder.

F-13

TF Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

8. Royalties

In connection with the Company being granted worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights for certain of the Purifiner products in 1990, a royalty agreement was entered into, the term of which mirrors the life of the related patents or any improvements thereto. Pursuant to the royalty agreement, the owner of the patents will receive 5% of the units net sale price, as defined, of all covered Purifiner products, as defined. Additionally, 1% of the net sales price of replacement oil filter elements will be paid as a royalty for the use of the Purifiner U.S.
trademark.

In May 1994, the Company and the patent owner entered into a settlement agreement relating to the appropriate method of calculating and disbursing both future and retrospective royalties. As a result of this agreement, the patent owner is entitled to a minimum annual royalty of $24,000, payable in monthly installments of $2,000. The monthly royalty may exceed, but never be less than $2,000, unless the current calendar year monthly average is more than $2,000. Royalty expense for 1994 and 1995 was approximately $44,000 and $49,000, respectively.

9. Contingencies

During 1995, the Company commenced a patent infringement case against a competitor. The competitor subsequently asserted certain counterclaims against the Company and certain of its employees. The ultimate outcome of these counterclaims cannot currently be determined at this time but the Company believes it has meritious defenses and will eventually prevail in these actions.

In April 1996, the Company became a party to an action filed by a former independent contractor claiming certain commissions and other damages due him pursuant to an agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company is seeking to resolve this case through arbitration and, although the ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time, the Company believes it has meritious defenses and will eventually prevail in this matter.

10. Major Customers and Export Sales

The Company currently operates in a single business segment and its products are electric mobile oil purification systems, substantially all of which are sold to distributors and end users for use on transportation vehicles. This could unfavorably affect the Company's overall exposure to credit risk in as much as these customers could be affected by similar economic or other conditions.

During 1995, six customers accounted for approximately 36% of the Company's net sales, one of which accounted for approximately 14% of this amount. In 1995, export sales aggregated approximately $821,000 in geographic regions as follows:

F-14

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

10. Major Customers and Export Sales (continued)

South American ($343,000), European ($241,000), Asia/Pacific ($207,000) and others ($30,000). During 1994, six customers accounted for approximately 36% of the Company's net sales, none of which was in excess of 10%. In 1994, export sales amounted to approximately $503,000 in geographic regions as follows: South American ($276,000), European ($27,000), Asia/Pacific ($178,000) and others ($22,000). The loss of business from one or a combination of the Company's significant customers could adversely effect its operations. During 1994 and 1995, the Company had net sales of approximately $91,000 and $8,400 to an affiliate of a minority shareholder.

11. Acquisition of T/F Systems, Inc.

On December 31, 1995, TFP purchased all the operating assets and assumed all the operating liabilities for T/F Systems, Inc. ("TFS"), except for TFS's shareholder loans of $537,484, and TFS's assets and liabilities related to an ongoing litigation matter. TFP assigned all its rights and interests to such litigation matter in return for TFS's net operating assets. During 1994, $133,000 of outstanding convertible notes payable due to the principal shareholder and his children were converted into TFS equity and, accordingly, such amount is included in the accompanying 1994 statement of changes in capital deficiency as a TFS equity transaction. This transaction has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests and, accordingly, all financial statements have been retroactively restated to include the acquired assets, liabilities and operations of TFS, except as stated above. Both TFP and TFS were under common control and have the same shareholders.

Prior to this acquisition, TFS owned the exclusive manufacturing rights for the Purifiner products and TFP held the marketing rights which were granted to TFP by TFS. TFS's only revenues were sales of product to TFP which have been eliminated in accounting for this acquisition. The net losses of TFP and TFS's acquired operations for 1994 were $351,691 and $72,506, respectively, for an aggregate net loss of $424,197.

12. Financial Instruments

At December 31, 1995, the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments which consist of debt, excluding capital leases and $502,026 of shareholder loans, approximated $844,000 due to the short-term maturity and interest rates of these instruments. Due to the nature of the noninterest bearing current shareholder loans of $502,026, the Company is unable to determine its fair value (See Note 4). The fair market value of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates the carrying amounts.

F-15

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

13. Subsequent Events

Effective January 1, 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement whereby such venture, TF Purifiner Ltd. ("Ltd"), will sell and distribute the Company's product in Europe, the Middle East and certain African countries. The Company has an approximate 45% interest in Ltd's operations (50% voting interest) and will account for Ltd using the equity method. The Company is not required to fund Ltd and will sell product to Ltd until such time as Ltd decides to exercise its rights under the agreement to manufacture the Company's products. Ltd was initially capitalized with approximately $88,000 provided by one of its shareholders. In December 1995, Ltd advanced the Company approximately $51,000 to be used to fund certain patent and trademark filings for the venture's exclusive territory. At December 31, 1995, $33,105 remained unexpended. During 1995, the Company had sales of approximately $85,000 to one of Ltd's shareholders, prior to forming this venture, at negotiated prices, and $14,011 of such amount was included in trade accounts receivable at December 31, 1995.

Subsequent to December 31, 1995, the Company sold 157,377 shares of its Common Stock for $594,000. The subscription agreements provide that if the Company has not registered any amount of any class of its Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within two years, the shareholders have an option to put the shares back to the Company at their original purchase price plus 10% per annum from the date of issuance. If the shareholders exercise their put options the put option purchase price will be funded from dividends received from Ltd or from excess available cash of the Company as determined by its Board of Directors. Accordingly, such Common Stock will be treated as Redeemable Common Stock until the expiration of the put options. The redemption price will be accreted at the rate of 10% and charged to additional paid in capital.

On May 20, 1996, the Company acquired all the common stock of DB Filters, Inc., an inactive company ("DB Filters"), for $1,275 in cash and 36,309 shares of its Common Stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $137,000. DB Filters was owned by two employees of the Company, one of which was also a Director. DB Filter's only assets were the future royalties related to the Company's patent pending filter technology and certain restricted, as defined, North American filter manufacturing rights ("Rights"). The Company will account for this acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. DB Filters had no material assets or liabilities at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and no material operations in 1994 and 1995.

F-16

                               T/F Purifiner, Inc.
                                    Contents
                           Unaudited Condensed Interim
                              Financial Statements

                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----

Condensed Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1996...........................F-18

Condensed Statements of Operations for the three
     months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996..............................F-19

Condensed Statement of Changes in Redeemable
     Common Stock and Capital Deficiency
     for the three months ended March 31, 1996.........................F-20

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the three
     months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996..............................F-21

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements................................F-22

F-17

                               T/F Purifiner, Inc.
                             Condensed Balance Sheet
                                 March 31, 1996
                                   (Unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash                                                              $    88,417
  Trade accounts receivable, net                                         77,405
  Inventories                                                           170,929
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                              19,719
                                                                    -----------
Total current assets                                                    356,470

Property and equipment, net                                             103,813
Patents and trademarks, net                                             111,054
Other assets                                                             50,499
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    $   621,836
                                                                    ===========
Liabilities and capital deficiency Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable - trade                                              165,690
  Accrued expenses                                                       99,039
  Customer deposits and other                                           151,010
  Note payable - related party                                          100,499
  Accrued interest and other payables-related parties                    71,203
  Current portion of notes payable and capital lease obligation         225,175
  Shareholder loans                                                     523,739
                                                                    -----------
Total current liabilities                                             1,336,355

Notes payable and capital lease obligation                               31,471
Deferred rent                                                            21,798
Liability to equity investee                                             20,367
Shareholder loans                                                       502,026
Redeemable common stock                                                 311,917

Contingencies

Capital deficiency:
  Common Stock, $.001 par value                                           1,117
  Additional paid-in-capital                                            949,246
  Accumulated deficit                                                (2,545,461)
  Subscription receivables                                               (7,000)
                                                                    -----------
                                                                     (1,602,098)
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    $   621,836
                                                                    ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements

F-18

T/F Purifiner, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996
(Unaudited)

                                                          1995           1996
                                                          ----           ----

Net sales                                           $   191,650     $   428,627
Cost of sales                                            92,375         268,338
                                                    -----------     -----------
Gross profit                                             99,275         160,289


Operating expenses:
  Selling                                               157,963         147,378
  General and administrative                            118,816         129,921
  Deferred profit                                          --            11,950
                                                    -----------     -----------
                                                        276,779         289,249
                                                    -----------     -----------

Operating loss                                         (177,504)       (128,960)
Interest expense                                         (2,589)         (8,871)
                                                    -----------     -----------


Net loss                                            $  (180,093)    $  (137,831)
                                                    ===========     ===========

Loss per common share                               $      (.16)    $      (.12)
                                                    ===========     ===========

Weighted average common shares outstanding            1,094,400       1,117,200
                                                    ===========     ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-19

T/F Purifiner, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Changes

in Redeemable Common Stock and Capital Deficiency


(Unaudited)

                             Redeemable
                             Common Stock        Common   Stock       Additional                             Total
                             -------------       ---------------       Paid-In-   Accumulated Subscription  Capital
                             Shares   Amount      Shares   Amount       Capital     Deficit    Receivables Deficiency
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at January 1, 1996         -  $    -     1,117,200    $1,117    $962,375  $(2,407,630)  $(7,000) $(1,451,138)

Proceeds from sale of
  redeemable common stock,
  net                         81,966   309,375        -           -      (10,587)         -          -       (10,587)

Accrued interest on redeemable
  common stock                    -      2,542        -           -       (2,542)         -          -        (2,542)

Net loss                          -       -           -           -           -      (137,831)       -      (137,831)
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at March 31, 1996     81,966  $311,917   1,117,200    $1, 117   $949,246  $(2,545,461)   $(7,000) $(1,602,098)
                             ========================================================================================

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-20

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996


(Unaudited)

                                                                 1995         1996
                                                                 ----         ----
Operating activities
Net loss                                                      $(180,093)   $(137,831)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
  used in operating activities:
    Amortization                                                    817        2,568
    Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment       7,371        7,561
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Trade accounts receivable, net                            (19,206)       6,717
      Inventories                                               (85,617)      (1,302)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets                  (2,828)     (11,770)
      Other assets                                                  700       (5,368)
      Accounts payable - trade                                   34,890        2,033
      Accrued expenses                                          (27,912)     (66,319)
      Customer deposits and other                               175,099        6,678
      Accrued interest and other payables - related parties       1,045        9,540
      Deferred rent                                               1,485         (495)
                                                              ---------    ---------
Net cash used in operating activities                           (94,249)    (187,988)

Investing activities
Patents and trademarks                                          (20,413)      (1,106)
Purchases of property and equipment                              (4,209)     (16,758)
                                                              ---------    ---------
Net cash used in investing activities                           (24,622)     (17,864)

Financing activities
Increase in deferred insurance costs                               --        (26,031)
Proceeds from redeemable common stock, net                         --        298,788
Proceeds from notes payable                                     185,000       20,000
Payment on notes payable and capital lease obligation           (55,967)      (3,982)
Proceeds from shareholder loans                                  50,000         --
Payment on shareholder loans                                    (60,000)     (13,500)
Repayment to investee                                              --        (12,738)
                                                              ---------    ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities                       119,033      262,537
                                                              ---------    ---------
Increase in cash                                                    162       56,685
Cash balance at beginning of period                                 998       31,732
                                                              ---------    ---------
Cash at end of period                                         $   1,160    $  88,417
                                                              =========    =========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-21

T/F Purifiner, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation and Company

The unaudited condensed financial statements as of March 31, 1996 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and results of operations for these interim periods. Such statements have been prepared on the basis of presentation as more fully described in the Company's annual financial statements. The results of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 1996 is not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.

The Company has incurred recurring losses from operations since inception, which has resulted in continuing cash flow difficulties and the continuing need for additional financing. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. In order to continue as a going concern, the Company must obtain additional financing, which it is endeavoring to do through the issuance of additional securities.

The Company is in the process of completing a $400,000 private placement of its Common Stock and expects to complete additional financings. However, there is no assurance that the Company can complete these proposed issuances or that it can obtain adequate additional financing from other sources or that profitable operations can be sustained. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability of recorded asset amounts that might be necessary as a result of the above uncertainty.

Deferred issuance costs of approximately $30,250, included in other assets, represent costs incurred by the Company in connection with the Company's planned issuances of securities. Such costs will be charged directly against the net proceeds of the related offering if it is successfully completed or will be expensed if the offering is abandoned.

2. Inventories

At March 31, 1996, inventories consist of the following:

Raw materials                               $146,916
Finished goods                                12,015
Supplies                                      11,998
                                          ----------
                                            $170,929
                                          ==========
                    F-22


T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)


(Unaudited)

3. Shareholder Loans

At December 31, 1995, the Company had a total of $1,004,052 of unsecured noninterest bearing shareholder loans payable equally to its principal shareholder and the estate of a former shareholder. There are no stated due dates for these shareholder loans. During 1994, the Company and its principal shareholder instituted legal action against the estate of a former 50% owner of the Company. This litigation sought a declaratory judgment approving the dilution of the Estate's interest in the Company from 50% to approximately 10% as a result of the issuance of additional Common Stock in 1994 to the principal shareholder and his children. Subsequently, the beneficiaries of the estate filed counterclaims against the Company and its principal shareholder and his children seeking declaratory relief, cancellation of additional stock issuances by the Company, an injunction against further issuances, appointment of a receiver and damages against Ford individually. In June 1995, the estate demanded repayment of the shareholder loans due to the estate ($502,026 at December 31, 1995). The ultimate outcome of this litigation and demand for the repayment of the shareholder loans cannot currently be determined, however, management believes it has meritous defenses to the counterclaims and current demand for repayment and would eventually prevail in its declaratory action and that the repayment of loans would not result in the current payment of such amounts. However, in the event an unfavorable outcome against the Company is rendered, the possible remedy will include the redistribution and rescission of certain stock transactions with the Ford family. Such loans have been classified as current in the accompanying balance sheet. The principal shareholder has agreed not to demand repayment of his loans in the amount of $502,026 prior to April 1, 1997 and, accordingly, such loans have been classified as long-term in the accompanying balance sheet.

4. Contingencies

During 1995, the Company commenced a patent infringement case against a competitor. The competitor subsequently asserted certain counterclaims against the Company and certain of its employees. The ultimate outcome of these counterclaims cannot currently be determined at this time but the Company believes it has meritious defenses and will eventually prevail in these actions.

In April 1996, the Company became a party to an action filed by a former independent contractor claiming certain commissions and other damages due him pursuant to an agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company is seeking to resolve this case through arbitration and, although the ultimate outcome of this matter cannot be determined at this time, the Company believes it has meritious defenses and will eventually prevail in this matter.

F-23

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)


(Unaudited)

5. Joint Venture

Effective January 1, 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement whereby such venture, TF Purifiner Ltd. ("Ltd"), will sell and distribute the Company's product in Europe, the Middle East and certain African countries. The Company has an approximate 45% interest in Ltd's operations (50% voting interest) and is accounting for Ltd using the equity method. The Company is not required to fund Ltd and will sell product to Ltd until such time as Ltd decides to exercise its rights under the agreement to manufacture the Company's products. Ltd was initially capitalized with approximately $88,000 provided by one of its shareholders. In December 1995, Ltd advanced the Company approximately $51,000 to be used to fund certain patent and trademark filings for the venture's exclusive territory. At March 31, 1996, $20,376 remained unexpended. For the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company had sales of approximately $167,000 to Ltd, at negotiated prices. At March 31, 1996, $11,950 has been recorded as unrealized intercompany profit related to the inventory sold to Ltd which is included in Ltd's inventory at March 31, 1996.

At March 31, 1996, summarized financial information of Ltd is as follows:

Total assets               $112,000
Total liabilities           228,000
Total revenues               23,000
Gross profit                  8,000
Net loss                    (81,000)

6. Redeemable Common Stock

During the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company sold 81,966 shares (75,411 shares subsequent to March 31, 1996) of its Common Stock for gross proceeds of $309,375 ($284,625 subsequent to March 31, 1996). The subscription agreements provide that if the Company has not registered any amount of any class of its Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within two years, the shareholders have an option to put the shares back to the Company at their original purchase price plus 10% per annum from the date of issuance. If the shareholders exercise their put options the put option purchase price will be funded from dividends received from Ltd or from excess available cash of the Company as determined by its Board of Directors. Accordingly, such Common Stock is being treated as Redeemable Common Stock until the expiration of the put options. The redemption price will be accreted at the rate of 10% and charged to additional paid in capital.

7. Subsequent Events

On May 20, 1996, the Company acquired all the common stock of DB Filters, Inc., an inactive company ("DB Filters"), for $1,275 in cash and 36,309 shares of its Common Stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $137,000. DB Filters was owned by two employees of the

F-24

T/F Purifiner, Inc. Notes to Financial Statements (continued)


(Unaudited)

7. Subsequent Events (continued)

Company, one of which was a Director. DB Filter's only assets were the future royalties related to the Company's patent pending filter technology and certain restricted, as defined, North American filter manufacturing rights ("Rights"). The Company will account for this acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. DB Filters had no material assets or liabilities at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and no material operations in 1994 and 1995.

On July 1, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an increase in authorized Common Stock from 100,000 to 20,000,000, approved a change in the par value of Common Stock from $.01 par value to $.001 par value and approved a 57 to 1 stock split distribution for common shareholders of record on such date. All share and per share data presented in the accompanying financial statements have been restated to reflect the above actions.

F-25

                                   PART III

ITEM 1.     INDEX TO EXHIBITS

EXHIBITS          DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

3.1               Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
                  of T/F Purifiner, Inc. dated July 24, 1996 (1).

3.2               Bylaws of T/F Purifiner, Inc.(1)

3.3               Memorandum and Articles of Association of TF
                  Purifiner Limited(1).

10.1              Proposed Form of Stock Option Plan(1).

10.2              Agreement between T/F Systems, Inc. and T/F
                  Purifiner, Inc. dated March 1, 1991 (with
                  exhibits)(1).

10.3              Asset Purchase Agreement between T/F Systems, Inc
                  and T/F Purifiner, Inc. dated December 31,
                  1995(1).
10.4              Stock Exchange Agreement between D.B. Filters,
                  Inc., Byron Lefebvre and Robert Meyer, and T/F
                  Purifiner, Inc. (with exhibits)(1).

10.5              Joint Venture Agreement between T/F Purifiner,
                  Inc., T/F Systems, Inc., Centrax Limited, The Barr
                  Family and A.N. Davies (1).

10.6              Lease Agreement between Papeyco Trading
                  International, Inc. and T/F Purifiner, Inc. dated
                  August 23, 1993 (1).

27.1              Financial Data Schedule (Electronic filing only)

99.1              Final Judgment in T/F SYSTEMS, INC. V. SOUTHEAST
                  CAPITAL FINANCING, INC., Case No. CL 90-12772AE in
                  the Circuit Court of the 15th Judicial Circuit in
                  and for Palm Beach County, Florida(1).


(1) Filed herewith.

45

SIGNATURES

In accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

T/F PURIFINER, INC.

Date:  July 29, 1996                      By:/S/RICHARD C. FORD
                                             ------------------
                                             Richard C. Ford
                                             President,
                                             Chief Executive Officer,
                                             and Secretary

46

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

T/F PURIFINER, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the corporation is T/F Purifiner, Inc. (herein the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II

Registered Office

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is Nationwide Information Systems, Inc.

ARTICLE III

Powers

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware. The Corporation shall have all the powers of a corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

Term

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.


ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

The aggregate number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 20,500,000 of which 20,000,000 are to be shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, and of which 500,000 are to be shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share. The shares may be issued by the Corporation from time to time as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation without the approval of the stockholders except as otherwise provided in this Article V or the rules of a national securities exchange if applicable.

A description of the different classes and series (if any) of the Corporation's capital stock, and a statement of the relative powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares of each class and series (if any) of capital stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, are as follows:

A. COMMON STOCK. Except as provided in this Certificate, the holders of the Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Certificate.

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preferences over the Common Stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and sinking fund or retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the Common Stock, then dividends may be paid on the Common Stock, and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class having preference over the Common Stock in any such event, the full preferential amounts to which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the Common Stock and of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to distribution of assets shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, to redeem the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, in cash or in kind.

Each share of Common Stock shall have the same relative powers, preferences and rights as, and shall be identical in all respects with, all the other shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Certificate.

2

B. PREFERRED STOCK. Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such powers, vote designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, participations, options or other relative or special rights, as are stated and expressed herein or, to the extent permitted by law, in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series, as adopted by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly empowered, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph, to provide for the issuance of Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series and to fix, as to such series, by resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series:

(1) the number of shares to constitute such series and the title or designation of the series;

(2) the rate of dividend, whether or not cumulative, and the extent of further participation in dividends or distributions, if any;

(3) the price and the terms and conditions, if any, upon which shares of such series are redeemable;

(4) whether or not the shares of such series shall be subject to sinking fund provisions for the redemption or purchase of shares;

(5) the amount, if any, payable upon shares in event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Corporation;

(6) the terms and conditions, if any, on which shares of such series are convertible;

(7) the voting power, if any, of such series by determining the votes (or fraction of a vote) per share and the elections or events upon which such series may be voted, or may determine to restrict or eliminate entirely the right of such series to vote;

(8) such other powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as and to the extent permitted by law.

Each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall have the same relative powers, preferences and rights as, and shall be identical in all respects with, all the other shares of the Corporation of the same series, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Certificate.

3

ARTICLE VI

Directors

A. NUMBER, VACANCIES. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such number, not less than two (2) nor more than twelve (12) , as shall be set forth from time to time in the bylaws, provided that no action shall be taken to decrease or increase the number of directors unless at least a majority of the directors then in office shall concur in said action. Vacancies in the Board of Directors of the Corporation, however caused, and newly created directorships shall be filled by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, whether or not a quorum, and any director so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of the class to which the director has been chosen expires and when the director's successor is elected and qualified.

B. CLASSIFIED BOARD. At such time as the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be or exceed six in number, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes of directors which shall be designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified. Such classes shall be as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall permit, with the terms of office of all members of one class expiring each year. Subject to the provisions of this Article VI, should the number of directors not be equally divisible by three, the excess director or directors shall be assigned to Classes I and II as follows: (i) if there shall be an excess of one directorship over a number equally divisible by three, such extra directorship shall be classified as Class I; and (ii) if there be an excess of two directorships over a number equally divisible by three, one shall be classified in Class I and the other in Class II. At the first annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class I shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting thereafter. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class II shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting thereafter. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class III shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting thereafter. Thereafter, at each succeeding annual meeting, directors of each class shall be elected for three year terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the director whose term shall expire at any annual meeting shall continue to serve until such time as his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified unless his position on the Board of Directors shall have been abolished by action taken to reduce the size of the Board of Directors prior to said meeting.

Should the number of directors of the Corporation be reduced, the directorship(s) eliminated shall be allocated among classes as appropriate so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in the immediately preceding paragraph. The Board of Directors shall designate, by the name of the

4

incumbent(s), the position(s) to be abolished. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Should the number of directors of the Corporation be increased, the additional directorships shall be allocated among classes as appropriate so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in the immediately preceding paragraph.

ARTICLE VII

Acquisition of Capital Stock

A. FIVE-YEAR PROHIBITION. For a period of five years from the effective date of the completion of an initial registered public offering of the Common Stock, no person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Corporation, unless each offer or acquisition shall have been approved in advance by a two-thirds vote of the Continuing Directors, as defined in Article
VIII. In addition, for a period of five years from an initial initial public offering of the Common Stock, and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Certificate or in the bylaws of the Corporation, where any persons directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Corporation in violation of this Article VII, the securities beneficially owned in excess of 10% shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote, shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and shall not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining a quorum or the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

B. PROHIBITION AFTER FIVE YEARS. If, at any time after five years from the effective date of the completion of an initial registered public offering of the Common Stock, any person shall acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Corporation without the prior approval by a two-thirds vote of the Continuing Directors, as defined in Article VIII, then the record holders of voting stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such acquiring person shall have only the voting rights set forth in this paragraph B on any matter requiring the vote or consent of stockholders. With respect to each vote in excess of 10% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation which such record holders would otherwise be entitled to cast without giving effect to this paragraph B, the record holders in the aggregate shall be entitled to cast only one hundredth of a vote, and the aggregate voting power of such record holders, so limited for all shares of voting stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such acquiring person, shall be allocated proportionately among such record holders. For each such record holder, this allocation shall be accomplished by multiplying the aggregate voting power, as so limited, by the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such acquiring person by a fraction whose numerator is the number of votes represented by the shares of voting stock of the Corporation and whose denominator is the total number of votes

5

represented by the shares of voting stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by such acquiring person. A person who is a record owner of shares of voting stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned simultaneously by more than one person shall have, with respect to such shares, the right to cast the least number of votes that such person would be entitled to cast under this paragraph B by virtue of such shares being so beneficially owned by any of such acquiring persons.

C. DEFINITIONS. The term "person" means an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group acting in concert formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities of the Corporation. The term "acquire" includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation or law or otherwise. The term group "acting in concert" includes (a) knowing participation in a joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, and (b) a combination or pooling of voting or other interest in the Corporation's outstanding shares for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. The term "beneficial ownership" shall have the meaning defined in rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate.

D. EXCLUSION FOR EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND CERTAIN PROXIES. The restrictions contained in this Article VII shall not apply to (i) any underwriter or member of an underwriting or selling group involving a public sale or resale of securities of the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof, provided, however, that upon completion of the sale or resale of such securities, no such underwriter or member of such selling group is a beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Corporation, (ii) any proxy granted to one or more Continuing Directors, as defined in Article VIII, by a stockholder of the Corporation or (iii) any employee benefit plans of the Corporation. In addition, the Continuing Directors of the Corporation, the officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the directors of subsidiaries of the Corporation, the employee benefit plan of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, entities organized or established by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of such plans and trustees and fiduciaries with respect to such plans acting in such capacity shall not be deemed to be a group with respect to their beneficial ownership of voting stock of the Corporation solely by virtue of their being directors, officers or employees of the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof or by virtue of the Continuing Directors of the Corporation, the officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the directors of subsidiaries of the Corporation being subsidiaries or beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or group of any of them shall be exempt

6

from the provisions of this Article VII should any such person or group become a beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Corporation.

E. DETERMINATION. A majority of the Continuing Directors, as defined in Article VIII, shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Article VII and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (a) the number of shares beneficially owned by any person, (b) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (c) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Article VII to the given facts or (d) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article VII. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Continuing Directors pursuant to this Article VII in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

ARTICLE VIII

Approval of Certain Business Combinations

The stockholder vote required to approve Business Combinations (as hereinafter defined) shall be as set forth in this section.

A. (1) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article VIII, the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) at least 66% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon (and, if any class or series of shares is entitled to vote thereon separately, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66% of the outstanding shares of each such class or series), and (ii) at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, not including shares deemed beneficially owned by a Related Person (as hereinafter defined), shall be re- quired in order to authorize any of the following:

(a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into a Related Person (as hereinafter defined);

(b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition, including without limitation, a mortgage, or any other capital devise, of all or any Substantial Part (as hereinafter defined) of the assets of the Corporation (including without limitation any voting securities of a subsidiary) or of a subsidiary, to a Related Person;

7

(c) any merger or consolidation of a Related Person with or into the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation;

(d) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of a Related Person to the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation;

(e) the issuance of any securities of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation to a Related Person;

(f) the acquisition by the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation of any securities of a Related Person;

(g) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in this Article VIII.

(2) Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, any provision of law, or any agreement with any regulatory agency or national securities exchange which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote.

(3) The term "Business Combination" as used in this Article VIII shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of subparagraphs A(1)(a) through (g) above.

B. The provisions of paragraph A shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by any other provision of this certificate, any provision of law, or any agreement with any regulatory agency or national securities exchange, if the Business Combination shall have been approved by a two-thirds vote of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that such approval shall only be effective if obtained at a meeting at which a Continuing Director Quorum (as hereinafter defined) is present, pursuant to the unanimous written consent of the directors of the Corporation.

C. For the purposes of this Article VIII the following definitions apply:

(1) The term "Related Persons" shall mean and include (a) any individual, corporation, partnership or other person or entity which together with its "affiliates" (as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended) is the aggregate beneficial owner of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation; and (b) any "affiliate" (as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any such individual,

8

corporation, partnership or other person or entity. Without limitation, any shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation which any Related Person has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed "beneficially owned" by such Related Person.

(2) The term "Substantial Part" shall mean more than 25 percent of the total assets of the Corporation, as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is made.

(3) The term "Continuing Director" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is (i) unaffiliated with the Related Person and (ii) either (a) was a member of the board prior to the time that the Related Person became a Related Person, or (b) is a member of the Board of Directors on the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Related Person and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the board.

(4) The term "Continuing Director Quorum" shall mean two-thirds of the Continuing Directors capable of exercising the powers conferred on them.

ARTICLE IX

Evaluation of Business Combinations

In connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and of the stockholders, when evaluating a Business Combination (as defined in Article VIII) or a tender or exchange offer, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may, in addition to considering the adequacy of the amount to be paid in connection with any such transaction, consider all of the following factors and any other factors which it deems relevant; (i) the social and economic effects of the transaction on the Corporation and its subsidiaries, employees, depositors, loan and other customers, creditors and other elements of the communities for which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (ii) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects of the acquiring person or entity, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the acquisition and other likely financial obligations of the acquiring person or entity and the possible effect of such conditions upon the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the other elements of the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; and (iii) the competence, experience, and integrity of the acquiring person or entity and its or their management.

9

ARTICLE X

Indemnification

A. PERSONS. In addition to any separate contract of indemnificaiton, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the extent provided in paragraphs B, D or F:

(1) any person who is or was a director, officer, advisory board member, employee, or agent of the Corporation; and

(2) any person who serves or served at the Corporation's request as a director, officer, employee, agent, partner or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

B. EXTENT -- DERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation against a person named in paragraph A by reason of his holding a position named in paragraph A, the Corporation shall indemnify him if he satisfied the standard in paragraph C, for expenses (including attorneys' fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit.

C. STANDARD -- DERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation, a person named in paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:

(1) he is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of the suit or action, and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, the taking of any and all actions in connection with the Corporation's response to any tender offer or any offer or proposal of another party to engage in a Business Combination (as defined in Article
VIII) and approved by the Board of Directors. However, he shall not be indemnified in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which he has been adjudged liable to the Corporation unless (and only to the extent that) the court in which the suit was brought shall determine, upon application, that despite the adjudication but in view of all the circumstances, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses and a the court shall deem proper.

10

D. EXTENT -- NONDERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a threatened, pending or completed suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), other than a suit by or in the right of the Corporation, together hereafter referred to as a Nonderivative suit, against a person named in paragraph A by reason of his holding a position named in paragraph A, the Corporation shall indemnify him if he satisfied the standard in paragraph E, for amounts actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the nonderivative suit, including, but not limited to (i) expenses (including attorneys' fees), (ii) amounts paid in settlement, (iii) judgments, and (iv) fines.

E. STANDARD -- NONDERIVATIVE SUITS. In case of a nonderivative suit, a person named in paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:

(1) he is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) he acted in good faith in the transaction which is the subject of the nonderivative suit and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, the taking of any and all actions in connection with the Corporation's response to any tender offer or any offer or proposal of another party to engage in a Business Combination (as defined in Article VIII) not approved by the Board of Directors and, with respect to any criminal actions or proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of a nonderivative suit by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no lo contendere or its equivalent shall not, in itself, create a presumption that the person failed to satisfy the standard of this subparagraph E(2).

F. DETERMINATION THAT STANDARD HAS BEEN MET. A determination that the standard of paragraph C or E has been satisfied may be made by a court, or, except as stated in subparagraph C(2) (second sentence), the determination may be made by:

(1) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the Corporation who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding; or

(2) independent legal counsel (appointed by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Corporation, whether or not a quorum) in a written opinion; or

(3) the stockholders of the Corporation.

11

G. PRORATION. Anyone making a determination under paragraph F may determine that a person has met the standard as to some matters but not as to others, and may reasonably prorate amounts to be indemnified.

H. ADVANCE PAYMENT. The Corporation shall pay in advance any expenses (including attorneys' fees) which may become subject to indemnification under paragraphs A through G if:

(1) the Board of Directors authorizes the specific payment; and

(2) the person receiving the payment undertakes in writing to repay the same if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification by the Corporation under paragraphs A through G.

I. NONEXCLUSIVE. The indemnification and advance payment of expenses provided by paragraphs A through H shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be entitled by law, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

J. CONTINUATION. The indemnification provided by this Article X shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and the persons entitled to indemnification thereunder, and any repeal or modification of this Article X shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. The indemnification and advance payment provided by paragraphs A through H shall continue as to a person who has ceased to hold a position named in paragraph A and shall inure to his heirs, executors and administrators.

K. INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who holds or who has held any position named in paragraph A, against any liability incurred by him in any such position, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify him against such liability under paragraphs A through H.

L. INTENTION AND SAVINGS CLAUSE. It is the intention of this Article X to provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and this Article X shall be interpreted accordingly. If this Article X or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, and agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges, and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settle with respect to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article X that shall not

12

have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended, or other Delaware law is enacted, to permit further or additional indemnification of the persons defined in this Article X, then the indemnification of such persons shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended, or such other Delaware law.

ARTICLE XI

Limitations on Directors' Liability

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except: (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions that are not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other Delaware law is amended or enacted after the date of filing of this Certificate to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, or such other Delaware law. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE XII

Amendment of Bylaws

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, repeal, alter, amend and rescind the bylaws of the Corporation by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

The Corporation reserves the right to repeal, alter, amend or rescind any provision contained in this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders hereto are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Articles VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI and this Article XII may not be repealed, altered, amended or rescinded in any respect unless the same is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as a single class) cast at a meeting of

13

the stockholders called for that purpose (provided that notice of such proposed repeal, alteration, amendment or rescission is included in the notice of such meeting); except that such repeal, alteration, amendment or rescission may be made by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as a single class) if the same is first approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors as defined in Article VIII of this Certificate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this Certificate to be signed this 24th day of July, 1996.

T/F PURIFINER, INC., a Delaware corporation

By: /S/RICHARD C. FORD, PRESIDENT
    -----------------------------

14

BY-LAWS

OF

T/F PURIFINER, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK. Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES. Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the


corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS. The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS. Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on

2

the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS. As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term "share" or "shares" or "share of stock" or "shares of stock" or "stockholder" or "stockholders" refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of

3

stock of any class upon which or upon whom the Certificate of Incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the Certificate of Incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS.

A. Time. The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within 13 months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within 13 months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the Board of Directors.

B. Place. Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

C. Call. Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by a majority of the Board of Directors or by any officer instructed by a majority of the Board of Directors to call the meeting.

D. Notice or Waiver of Notice. Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally

4

or by mail, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than 30 days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

E. Stockholder List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

F. Conduct of Meeting. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and, if present and acting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

5

G. Proxy Representation. Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

H. Inspectors. The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, here and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them.

I. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

J. Voting. Each share of stock shall entitle the holders thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the

6

shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these ByLaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS. Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase "whole board" herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER. A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. Subject to the foregoing limitation and except for the first Board of Directors, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM. The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign

7

at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS.

A. Time. Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board of Directors shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

B. Place. Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

C. Call. No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

D. Notice or Actual or Constructive Waiver. No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

E. Quorum and Action. A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such

8

majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board of Directors. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these By-Laws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board of Directors or action of disinterested directors.

Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

F. Chairman of the Meeting. The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board of Directors, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

6. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

9

7. WRITTEN ACTION. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

ARTICLE III
OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, an Executive Vice President, one or more other Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, need be a director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV
CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

10

ARTICLE V
FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

The power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal By-Laws shall be vested in the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws. By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders may be repealed or changed, new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders, and the stockholders may prescribe in any By-Law made by them that such By-Law shall not be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

11

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES
OF ASSOCIATION
OF
TF PURIFINER LIMITED

Company Number: 3139787

The Companies Act 1985

Company Limited by Shares

Memorandum and Articles
of Association of

TF PURIFINER LIMITED

INCORPORATED ON THE 20TH DAY OF DECEMBER 1995


THE COMPANIES ACT 1985

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

of

TF PURIFINER LIMITED
(As altered by Special Resolution passed on the 28th day of February 1996)

1.* The Company's name is "TF PURIFINER LIMITED".

2. The Company's registered office is to be situated in England and Wales.

3. The Company's objects are:

(A) (i) To carry on business as a general commercial company.

(ii) To carry on all or any of the businesses of general merchants and traders manufacturers assemblers distributors importers exporters agents for the sale of and wholesale and retail dealers in goods wares produce products commodities fancy goods handicrafts and merchandise of every description to act as agents for and to enter into agreements of all kinds on behalf of such persons firms or companies as may be thought expedient and to negotiate assign mortgage pledge for cash or otherwise any such agreements and the payments due thereunder and any property the subject thereof to carry on all or any of the businesses of mail order specialists credit and discount traders cash and carry traders manufacturers' agents commission and general agents brokers factors warehousemen and agents in respect of raw and manufactured goods of all kinds general railway shipping and forwarding agents and transport contractors to create establish and maintain an organisation for the marketing selling servicing distribution or introduction of the products merchandise goods wares and commodities dealt in or services rendered by any persons firms or companies and to participate in undertake perform and carry out all kinds of commercial trading and financial operations ordinarily performed by import export and general merchants factors shipping agents traders distributors capitalists and financiers either on the Company's own account or otherwise and to open and establish shops stalls stores markets and depots for the sale collection and distribution of the goods dealt in by the Company.

*The Company's name was on the 13th day of March 1996 changed from
"DENEFLEET LIMITED".

(B) To carry on any other trade or business of any description which may seem to the Company capable of being advantageously carried on in connection with or ancillary to the other objects of the Company.

(C) To purchase, sell, exchange, improve, rent, let on lease, hire, surrender, license, accept surrenders of and otherwise acquire, deal with and hold any estate or interest in any lands, buildings, easement, rights, privileges, or other property, chattels and effects or any interest or right in relation thereto.

(D) To erect, pull down, repair, alter, develop, construct, lay down, enlarge, maintain or otherwise deal with any buildings, factories, stores, shops, plan and machinery, road, railways, tramways, sidings, bridges, reservoirs and works necessary or convenient for the Company's business and to contribute to the performance of any the above.

(E) To purchase or otherwise acquire all or any part of the business or assets or any person, firm or company, carrying on or formed to carry on any business which the company is authorised to carry on or possessed of property of any description suitable to the purpose of the Company, and to pay cash or to issue any shares, stocks, debentures, or debenture stock of the Company as the consideration for such purchase or acquisition and to undertake any liabilities or obligations relating to the business or property so purchased or acquired.

(F) To apply for, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold or deal in any manner with any patents, licences, concessions, secret processes or other property which may seem to the Company capable of being dealt with by or to be beneficial or convenient to the pursuit of any trade or business of the Company and to grant rights and interests thereout.

(G) To sell, improve, let, licence, develop, manage, turn to account, exchange, grant royalty, share of profits or otherwise, grant easement and other rights in and over and in any other manner deal with or dispose of the undertaking or any part thereof and all or any of the property and assets for the time being of the Company on such terms and for such consideration as the Company may approve.

(H) To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required for the purposes of the Company in or upon such securities and subject to such conditions as may from time to time be determined.

(I) To lend money to any person, firm or company upon such terms and with or without security and subject to such conditions as may from time to time be determined.

(J) To give all kinds of indemnities either with or without the Company receiving any consideration or advantage and to guarantee the payment of the capital or principal (together with any premium) of any debentures, debenture


stock, bonds, mortgages, charges, obligations, dividends, securities, moneys or shares or interest thereon, or the performance of any contracts or engagements of any person, firm or company.

(K) To borrow or raise or secure the payment of money in such manner as shall from time to time be determined for the purposes of or in connection with the Company's trade or business and in particular by the issue of debentures or debenture stock, charged upon all or any of the Company's undertaking or property and by reissuing any debenture at any time paid off, and by becoming a member of any building society.

(L) To mortgage and charge the undertaking and all or any of the real and personal property and assets, present and future, and all or any of the uncalled capital for the time being of the Company and to issue at par or at a premium or discount and for such consideration and with and subject to such rights, powers, privileges and conditions as may be thought fit, debentures or debenture stock, either, permanent or redeemable or repayable, and collaterally or further to secure any securities of the Company by a trust deed or other assurances.

(M) To issue and deposit and securities which the Company has power to issue by way of mortgage to secure any sum less than the nominal amount of such securities, and also by way of security for the performance of any contracts or obligations of the Company or of its customers or other persons, firms, or companies having dealings with the Company or in whose business or undertakings the Company is interested whether directly or indirectly.

(N) To pay for any property or rights of any description acquired by the Company either in cash, by instalments, or otherwise, of fully or partly paid-up shares, either with or without preferred or deferred or other special rights or restrictions in respect of dividend, repayment of capital, voting or otherwise, or by any securities which the Company has power to issue, or partly, in one way and partly in another, and generally on such terms as the Company may determine.

(O) To accept payment for any property or rights of any description sold or otherwise disposed of or dealt with by the Company either in cash, by instalments or otherwise, or in fully or partly paid-up shares of any company, either with or without preferred or deferred or other special rights or restrictions in respect of dividend, repayment of capital, voting or otherwise, or in debentures or debenture stock, mortgages or other securities of any company or companies, or partly in one mode and partly in another, and generally on such terms as the Company may determine and to hold, dispose of or otherwise deal with any shares, stock or securities so acquired.

(P) To draw, make, accept, endorse, negotiate, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, debentures, warrants and other negotiable instruments.


(Q) To purchase, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire and hold shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stock or other interest in or obligations or any other company or corporation.

(R) To purchase or otherwise acquire and undertake all or any part of the business, property, assets, liabilities and transactions of any person, firm or company carrying on any business which the Company is authorised to carry on.

(S) To establish or promote or join or assist in establishing or promoting any other company or companies for the purpose of acquiring all or any of the assets and liabilities of the Company or for any other purpose the promotion of which shall be in any manner calculated or appear to the Company to advance directly or indirectly the objects or interests of the Company.

(T) To amalgamate with any other company or companies whose objects are or include objects similar to those of the Company or any of them, whether by sale or purchase (for fully or partly paid up shares or otherwise) of the undertaking, subject to the liabilities of this or any such other company or companies as aforesaid, with or without winding up by sale or purchase (for fully or partly paid up shares or otherwise) of all or a controlling interest in the shares or stock of the or any such other company as aforesaid, or by partnership, or any arrangement of the nature of partnership, or in any other manner.

(U) To enter into any partnership or joint-purse arrangement or arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests or co-operation with any person, firm or company whose objects are or include objects similar to those of the Company or any of them.

(V) To establish, support and maintain and to aid and procure the establishment, support and maintenance of any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds or other trust funds or funds calculated to benefit, and give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances, or enrolments to any persons who are or were at anytime employed by or in the service of the Company (including any Director holding a salaried office or employment in the Company) or of any other company which is for the time being the Company's holding company, or a subsidiary of the Company (as defined by
s.736 of the Companies Act 1985) or the families and dependants of such persons, and subsidise or subscribe to any institution, association, clubs or funds calculated to be for the benefit of or to advance interests and well-being of the Company or of any such other companies or persons as aforesaid, and to make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid.

(W) To subscribe or guarantee money for or organise, assist any national, local, charitable, benevolent, public, general or useful object, or for any exhibition or for any purpose which may appear to further, whether directly or indirectly, the objects of the Company or the interests of its members or employees.


(X) To pay out of the funds of the Company all costs and expenses of and incidental to the formation and registration of the company and the issue of its capital and debentures including brokerage and commission, and to remunerate any person, firm or company for services rendered or to be rendered in placing or assisting to place any of the shares in the Company's capital or any debentures, debenture stock or other securities of the Company or in or about the formation or promotion of the Company or the conduct of its business.

(Y) To remunerate the Directors of the Company in any manner the Company may think fit and to pay or provide pensions for or make payments to or for the benefit of Directors and ex-Directors of the Company or their families, dependants and connections.

(Z) To distribute among the members in specie any property of the Company, or any proceed of sale or disposal of any property of the Company.

(AA) To do all or any of the things authorised by this Memorandum in any part of the world, and either as principals or as agents, trustees, contractors or otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with others and either by or through agents, trustees, subcontractors or otherwise.

(BB) To do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.

And it is declared that the foregoing objects of the Company shall be separate and distinct objects of the Company, and none of the said objects shall be deemed to be subsidiary to or limited in any way by any other object or objects.

4. The liability of the members is limited.

5. The Company's share capital is (pound)100 divided into 100 shares of
(pound)1 each.


We, the subscribers to this Memorandum of Association, wish to be formed into a company pursuant to this Memorandum; and we agree to take the number of shares shown opposite our respective names.

NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBSCRIBERS              Number of Shares taken
                                                by each Subscriber


KEITH STEPHEN DUNGATE                           ONE

188 BRAMPTON ROAD
BEXLEYHEATH
KENT DA7 4SY

BILL LAWRENCE ONE
83 COMPTON PLACE
ERITH
KENT DA8 1RY

TOTAL SHARES TAKEN                              TWO
- ------------------                              ---

Dated:  this 1st day of November 1995

Witness to the above Signatures

PHILIP LAWRENCE
123 HEATHDENE DRIVE
UPPER BELVEDERE
KENT DA17 6HY


PROPOSED FORM OF
STOCK OPTION PLAN

T/F PURIFINER, INC.
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. GRANT OF OPTIONS; GENERALLY. In accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth in this stock option plan, the name of which is the T/F PURIFINER, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN (the "Plan"), the Board of Directors (the "Board") or, the Compensation Committee (the "Stock Option Committee") of T/F Purifiner, Inc. (the "Corporation") is hereby authorized to issue from time to time on the Corporation's behalf to any one or more Eligible Persons, as hereinafter defined, options to acquire shares of the Corporation's $.001 par value common stock (the "Stock").

2. TYPE OF OPTIONS. The Board or the Stock Option Committee is authorized to issue options which meet the requirements of Section ss.422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), which options are hereinafter referred to collectively as ISOs, or singularly as an ISO. The Board or the Stock Option Committee is also, in its discretion, authorized to issue options which are not ISOs, which options are hereinafter referred to collectively as NSOs, or singularly as an NSO. The Board or the Stock Option Committee is also authorized to issue "Reload Options" in accordance with Paragraph 8 herein, which options are hereinafter referred to collectively as Reload Options, or singularly as a Reload Option. Except where the context indicates to the contrary, the term "Option" or "Options" means ISOs, NSOs and Reload Options.

3. AMOUNT OF STOCK. The aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Options shall be 650,000 shares. Of this amount, the Board or the Stock Option Committee shall have the power and authority to designate whether any Options so issued shall be ISOs or NSOs, subject to the restrictions on ISOs contained elsewhere herein. If an Option ceases to be exercisable, in whole or in part, the shares of Stock underlying such Option shall continue to be available under this Plan. Further, if shares of Stock are delivered to the Corporation as payment for shares of Stock purchased by the exercise of an Option granted under this Plan, such shares of Stock shall also be available under this Plan. If there is any change in the number of shares of Stock on account of the declaration of stock dividends, recapitalization resulting in stock split-ups, or combinations or exchanges of shares of Stock, or otherwise, the number of shares of Stock available for purchase upon the exercise of Options, the shares of Stock subject to any Option and the exercise price of any outstanding Option shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board or the Stock Option Committee. The Board or the Stock Option Committee shall give notice of any adjustments to each Eligible Person granted an Option under this Plan, and such adjustments shall be effective and binding on all Eligible Persons. If because of one or more recapitalizations, reorganizations or other corporate events, the holders of outstanding Stock receive something other than shares of Stock then, upon exercise of an Option, the Eligible Person will receive what the holder would have owned if the holder had exercised the Option immediately before the first such corporate event and not disposed of anything the holder received as a result of the corporate event.


4. ELIGIBLE PERSONS.

(a) With respect to ISOs, an Eligible Person means any individual who has been employed by the Corporation or by any subsidiary of the Corporation, for a continuous period of at least sixty (60) days.

(b) With respect to NSOs, an Eligible Person means (i) any individual who has been employed by the Corporation or by any subsidiary of the Corporation, for a continuous period of at least sixty (60) days, (ii) any director of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, (iii) any member of the Corporation's advisory board member or of any of the Corporation's subsidiar(ies), or (iv) any consultant of the Corporation or by any subsidiary of the Corporation.

5. GRANT OF OPTIONS. The Board or the Stock Option Committee has the right to issue the Options established by this Plan to Eligible Persons. The Board or the Stock Option Committee shall follow the procedures prescribed for it elsewhere in this Plan. A grant of Options shall be set forth in a writing signed on behalf of the Corporation or by a majority of the members of the Stock Option Committee. The writing shall identify whether the Option being granted is an ISO or an NSO and shall set forth the terms which govern the Option. The terms shall be determined by the Board or the Stock Option Committee, and may include, among other terms, the number of shares of Stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Options, when the Options may be exercised, the period for which the Option is granted and including the expiration date, the effect on the Options if the Eligible Person terminates employment and whether the Eligible Person may deliver shares of Stock to pay for the shares of Stock to be purchased by the exercise of the Option. However, no term shall be set forth in the writing which is inconsistent with any of the terms of this Plan. The terms of an Option granted to an Eligible Person may differ from the terms of an Option granted to another Eligible Person, and may differ from the terms of an earlier Option granted to the same Eligible Person.

6. OPTION PRICE. The option price per share shall be determined by the Board or the Stock Option Committee at the time any Option is granted, and shall be not less than (i) in the case of an ISO, the fair market value, (ii) in the case of an ISO granted to a ten percent or greater stockholder, 110% of the fair market value, or (iii) in the case of an NSO, not less than 75% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of one share of Stock on the date the Option is granted, as determined by the Board or the Stock Option Committee. Fair market value as used herein shall be:

(a) If shares of Stock shall be traded on an exchange or over-the-counter market, the closing price or the closing bid price of such Stock on such exchange or over-the-counter market on which such shares shall be traded on that date, or if such exchange or over-the-counter market is closed or if no shares shall have traded on such date, on the last preceding date on which such shares shall have traded.

2

(b) If shares of Stock shall not be traded on an exchange or over-the-counter market, the value as determined by the Board of Directors or the Stock Option Committee of the Corporation.

7. PURCHASE OF SHARES. An Option shall be exercised by the tender to the Corporation of the full purchase price of the Stock with respect to which the Option is exercised and written notice of the exercise. The purchase price of the Stock shall be in United States dollars, payable in cash or by check, or in property or Corporation stock, if so permitted by the Board or the Stock Option Committee in accordance with the discretion granted in Paragraph 5 hereof, having a value equal to such purchase price. The Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option prior to (i) if requested by the Corporation, the filing with the Corporation by the Eligible Person of a representation in writing that it is the Eligible Person's then present intention to acquire the Stock being purchased for investment and not for resale, and/or (ii) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any government regulatory body, which the Corporation shall determine to be necessary or advisable.

8. GRANT OF RELOAD OPTIONS. In granting an Option under this Plan, the Board or the Stock Option Committee may include a Reload Option provision therein, subject to the provisions set forth in Paragraphs 20 and 21 herein. A Reload Option provision provides that if the Eligible Person pays the exercise price of shares of Stock to be purchased by the exercise of an ISO, NSO or another Reload Option (the "Original Option") by delivering to the Corporation shares of Stock already owned by the Eligible Person (the "Tendered Shares"), the Eligible Person shall receive a Reload Option which shall be a new Option to purchase shares of Stock equal in number to the tendered shares. The terms of any Reload Option shall be determined by the Board or the Stock Option Committee consistent with the provisions of this Plan.

9. STOCK OPTION COMMITTEE. The Stock Option Committee may be appointed from time to time by the Corporation's Board of Directors. The Board may from time to time remove members from or add members to the Stock Option Committee. The Stock Option Committee shall be constituted so as to permit the Plan to comply in all respects with the provisions set forth in Paragraph 20 herein. The members of the Stock Option Committee may elect one of its members as its chairman. The Stock Option Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places as its chairman shall determine. A majority of the Stock Option Committee's members present in person shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All determinations of the Stock Option Committee will be made by the majority vote of the members constituting the quorum. The members may participate in a meeting of the Stock Option Committee by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all members participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting in that manner will constitute presence in person at the meeting. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by all members of the Stock Option Committee will be effective as if it had been made by a majority vote of all members of the Stock Option Committee at a meeting which is duly called and held.

3

10. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN. In addition to granting Options and to exercising the authority granted to it elsewhere in this Plan, the Board or the Stock Option Committee is granted the full right and authority to interpret and construe the provisions of this Plan, promulgate, amend and rescind rules and procedures relating to the implementation of the Plan and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, consistent, however, with the intent of the Corporation that Options granted or awarded pursuant to the Plan comply with the provisions of Paragraph 20 and 21 herein. All determinations made by the Board or the Stock Option Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons including the Eligible Person, the Corporation and its stockholders, employees, officers and directors and consultants. No member of the Board or the Stock Option Committee will be liable for any act or omission in connection with the administration of this Plan unless it is attributable to that member's willful misconduct.

11. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ISOS. The following provisions shall apply to all ISOs granted by the Board or the Stock Option Committee and are incorporated by reference into any writing granting an ISO:

(a) An ISO may only be granted within ten (10) years from _____________, 1996, the date that this Plan was originally adopted by the Corporation's Board of Directors.

(b) An ISO may not be exercised after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the ISO is granted.

(c) The option price may not be less than the fair market value of the Stock at the time the ISO is granted.

(d) An ISO is not transferrable by the Eligible Person to whom it is granted except by will, or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during his or her lifetime only by the Eligible Person.

(e) If the Eligible Person receiving the ISO owns at the time of the grant stock possessing more than ten (10%) percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation (as those terms are defined in the Code), then the option price shall be at least 110% of the fair market value of the Stock, and the ISO shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted.

(f) The aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the ISO is granted) of the Stock with respect to which the ISO is first exercisable by the Eligible Person during any calendar year (under this Plan and any other incentive stock option plan of the Corporation) shall not exceed $100,000.

(g) Even if the shares of Stock which are issued upon exercise of an ISO are sold within one year following the exercise of such ISO so that the sale

4

constitutes a disqualifying disposition for ISO treatment under the Code, no provision of this Plan shall be construed as prohibiting such a sale.

(h) This Plan was adopted by the Corporation on __________, 1996, by virtue of its approval by the Corporation's Board of Directors. Approval by the stockholders of the Corporation is to occur prior to ____________, 1996.

12. DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE. In granting ISOs under this Plan, the Board or the Stock Option Committee shall make a good faith determination as to the fair market value of the Stock at the time of granting the ISO.

13. RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUANCE OF STOCK. The Corporation shall not be obligated to sell or issue any shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised is at that time effectively registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Corporation may condition the exercise of an Option granted in accordance herewith upon receipt from the Eligible Person, or any other purchaser thereof, of a written representation that at the time of such exercise it is his or her then present intention to acquire the shares of Stock for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof; except that, in the case of a legal representative of an Eligible Person, "distribution" shall be defined to exclude distribution by will or under the laws of descent and distribution. Prior to issuing any shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of an Option, the Corporation shall take such steps as it deems necessary to satisfy any withholding tax obligations imposed upon it by any level of government.

14. EXERCISE IN THE EVENT OF DEATH OF TERMINATION OR EMPLOYMENT.

(a) If an optionee shall die (i) while an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or (ii) within three months after termination of his employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary because of his disability, or retirement or otherwise, his Options may be exercised, to the extent that the optionee shall have been entitled to do so on the date of his death or such termination of employment, by the person or persons to whom the optionee's right under the Option pass by will or applicable law, or if no such person has such right, by his executors or administrators, at any time, or from time to time. In the event of termination of employment because of his death while an employee or because of disability, his Options may be exercised not later than the expiration date specified in Paragraph 5 or one year after the optionee's death, whichever date is earlier, or in the event of termination of employment because of retirement or otherwise, not later than the expiration date specified in Paragraph 5 hereof or one year after the optionee's death, whichever date is earlier.

(b) If an optionee's employment by the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall terminate because of his disability and such optionee has not died within the following three months, he may exercise his Options, to the extent that he shall have been entitled to do so at the date of the termination of his

5

employment, at any time, or from time to time, but not later than the expiration date specified in Paragraph 5 hereof or one year after termination of employment, whichever date is earlier.

(c) If an optionee's employment shall terminate by reason of his retirement in accordance with the terms of the Corporation's tax-qualified retirement plans or with the consent of the Board or the Stock Option Committee or involuntarily other than by termination for cause, and such optionee has not died within the following three months, he may exercise his Option to the extent he shall have been entitled to do so at the date of the termination of his employment, at any time and from to time, but not later than the expiration date specified in Paragraph 5 hereof or thirty (30) days after termination of employment, whichever date is earlier. For purposes of this Paragraph 14, termination for cause shall mean termination of employment by reason of the optionee's commission of a felony, fraud or willful misconduct which has resulted, or is likely to result, in substantial and material damage to the Corporation or a Subsidiary, all as the Board or the Stock Option Committee in its sole discretion may determine.

(d) If an optionee's employment shall terminate for any reason other than death, disability, retirement or otherwise, all right to exercise his Option shall terminate at the date of such termination of employment.

15. CORPORATE EVENTS. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, a merger or tender for the Corporation's shares of Common Stock the Board of Directors shall declare that each Option granted under this Plan shall terminate as of a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors; provided that not less than thirty (30) days written notice of the date so fixed shall be given to each Eligible Person holding an Option, and each such Eligible Person shall have the right, during the period of thirty (30) days preceding such termination, to exercise his Option as to all or any part of the shares of Stock covered thereby, including shares of Stock as to which such Option would not otherwise be exercisable. Nothing set forth herein shall extend the term set for purchasing the shares of Stock set forth in the Option.

16. NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT. Nothing in this Plan or in any writing granting an Option will confer upon any Eligible Person the right to continue in the employ of the Eligible Person's employer, or will interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Eligible Person's employer to discharge such Eligible Person at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

17. NONTRANSFERABILITY. No Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by him.

18. NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER. No optionee shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares subject to his Option prior to the date of issuance to him of a certificate or certificates for such shares.

6

19. AMENDMENT AND DISCONTINUANCE OF PLAN. The Corporation's Board of Directors may amend, suspend or discontinue this Plan at any time. However, no such action may prejudice the rights of any Eligible Person who has prior thereto been granted Options under this Plan. Further, no amendment to this Plan which has the effect of (a) increasing the aggregate number of shares of Stock subject to this Plan (except for adjustments pursuant to Paragraph 3 herein), or
(b) changing the definition of Eligible Person under this Plan, may be effective unless and until approval of the stockholders of the Corporation is obtained in the same manner as approval of this Plan is required. The Corporation's Board of Directors is authorized to seek the approval of the Corporation's stockholders for any other changes it proposes to make to this Plan which require such approval, however, the Board of Directors may modify the Plan, as necessary, to effectuate the intent of the Plan as a result of any changes in the tax, accounting or securities laws treatment of Eligible Persons and the Plan, subject to the provisions set forth in this Paragraph 19, and Paragraphs 20 and 21.

20. COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 16B-3. This Plan is intended to comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 ("Rule 16b-3") promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), with respect to participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and any provision(s) herein that is/are contrary to Rule 16b-3 shall be deemed null and void to the extent appropriate by either the Stock Option Committee or the Corporation's Board of Directors.

21. COMPLIANCE WITH CODE. The aspects of this Plan on ISOs is intended to comply in every respect with Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In the event any future statute or regulation shall modify the existing statute, the aspects of this Plan on ISOs shall be deemed to incorporate by reference such modification. Any stock option agreement relating to any Option granted pursuant to this Plan outstanding and unexercised at the time any modifying statute or regulation becomes effective shall also be deemed to incorporate by reference such modification and no notice of such modification need be given to optionee.

If any provision of the aspects of this Plan on ISOs is determined to disqualify the shares purchasable pursuant to the Options granted under this Plan from the special tax treatment provided by Code Section 422, such provision shall be deemed null and void and to incorporate by reference the modification required to qualify the shares for said tax treatment.

22. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The Plan, the grant and exercise of Options thereunder, and the obligation of the Corporation to sell and deliver Stock under such options, shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (a) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange or over-the-counter market on which the Stock may then be listed and (b) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any ruling or regulation of any government body which the Corporation shall, in its sole

7

discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. Moreover, no Option may be exercised if its exercise or the receipt of Stock pursuant thereto would be contrary to applicable laws.

23. DISPOSITION OF SHARES. In the event any share of Stock acquired by an exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution within two years of the date such Option was granted or within one year after the transfer of such Stock pursuant to such exercise, the optionee shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Corporation or the Stock Option Committee.

24. NAME. The Plan shall be known as the "T/F Purifiner 1996 Stock Option Plan."

25. NOTICES. Any notice hereunder shall be in writing and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested or by facsimile transmission (with electronic or written confirmation of receipt) and when addressed to the Corporation shall be sent to it at its office, 3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100, Boynton Beach, Florida 33426 and when addressed to the Committee shall be sent to it 3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100, Boynton Beach, Florida 33426, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address, facsimile number or person to whose attention such notice shall be sent.

26. HEADINGS. The headings preceding the text of Sections and subparagraphs hereof are inserted solely for convenience of reference, and shall not constitute a part of this Plan nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.

27. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan, the T/F Purifiner, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan, was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on ____________________. The effective date of the Plan shall be the same date.

Dated as of _________, 1996.

T/F PURIFINER, INC.

By:___________________________
Its: President

8

[NSO GRANT FORM]

T/F PURIFINER, INC.
3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100
Boynton Beach, Florida 33426

Date: __________




Dear __________:

The Board of Directors of T/F Purifiner, Inc.(the "Corporation") is pleased to award you an Option pursuant to the provisions of the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). This letter will describe the Option granted to you. Attached to this letter is a copy of the Plan. The terms of the Plan also set forth provisions governing the Option granted to you. Therefore, in addition to reading this letter you should also read the Plan. Your signature on this letter is an acknowledgement to us that you have read and under-stand the Plan and that you agree to abide by its terms. All terms not defined in this letter shall have the same meaning as in the Plan.

1. TYPE OF OPTION. You are granted an NSO. Please see in particular
Section 11 of the Plan.

2. RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. Subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, we grant you the right to purchase __________ shares of Stock at $__________ per share, the current fair market value of a share of Stock. The right to purchase the shares of Stock accrues in __________ installments over the time periods described below:

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

3. TIME OF EXERCISE. The Option may be exercised at any time and from time to time beginning when the right to purchase the shares of Stock accrues and ending when they terminate as provided in Section 5 of this letter.

4. METHOD OF EXERCISE. The Options shall be exercised by written notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the Corporation's principal place of business. The notice shall set forth the number of shares of Stock to be acquired and shall contain a check payable to

1

the Corporation in full payment for the Stock or that number of already owned shares of Stock equal in value to the total Exercise Price of the Option. We shall make delivery of the shares of Stock subject to the conditions described in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. TERMINATION OF OPTION. To the extent not exercised, the Option shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) __________, 199_, being __________ years from the date of grant pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement; or

(b) The expiration of three months following the date your employment terminates with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries included in the Plan for any reason, other than by reason of death or permanent disability. As used herein, "permanent disability" means your inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or

(c) The expiration of 12 months following the date your employment terminates with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries included in the Plan, if such employment termination occurs by reason of your death or by reason of your permanent disability (as defined above).

6. SECURITIES LAWS.

The Option and the shares of Stock underlying the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). The Corporation has no obligations to ever register the Option or the shares of Stock underlying the Option. All shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option shall be "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Act. The certificate representing the shares shall bear an appropriate legend restricting their transfer. Such shares cannot be sold, transferred, assigned or otherwise hypothecated without registration under the Act or unless a valid exemption from registration is then available under applicable federal and state securities laws and the Corporation has been furnished with an opinion of counsel satisfactory in form and substance to the Corporation that such registration is not required.

7. BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations described in this letter shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon both of us, and our respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

2

8. DATE OF GRANT. The Option shall be treated as having been granted to you on the date of this letter even though you may sign it at a later date.

Very truly yours,

By:_______________________________ President

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:


3

Date: ________________

T/F PURIFINER, INC.
3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100
Boynton Beach, Florida 33426




Dear _______________:

The Board of Directors of T/F Purifiner, Inc.(the "Corporation") is pleased to award you an Option pursuant to the provisions of the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). This letter will describe the Option granted to you. Attached to this letter is a copy of the Plan. The terms of the Plan also set forth provisions governing the Option granted to you. Therefore, in addition to reading this letter you should also read the Plan. Your signature on this letter is an acknowledgement to us that you have read and under-stand the Plan and that you agree to abide by its terms. All terms not defined in this letter shall have the same meaning as in the Plan.

1. TYPE OF OPTION. You are granted an ISO. Please see in particular
Section 11 of the Plan.

2. RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. Subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, we grant you the right to purchase __________ shares of Stock at $__________ per share, the current fair market value of a share of Stock. The right to purchase the shares of Stock accrues in __________ installments over the time periods described below:

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.


3. TIME OF EXERCISE. The Option may be exercised at any time and from time to time beginning when the right to purchase the shares of Stock accrues and ending when they terminate as provided in Section 5 of this letter.

4. METHOD OF EXERCISE. The Options shall be exercised by written notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the Corporation's principal place of business. The notice shall set forth the number of shares of Stock to be acquired and shall contain a check payable to the Corporation in full payment for the Stock or that number of already owned shares of Stock equal in value to the total Exercise Price of the Option. We shall make delivery of the shares of Stock subject to the conditions described in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. TERMINATION OF OPTION. To the extent not exercised, the Option shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) _____________, 199___, being __________ years from the date of grant pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement; or

(b) The expiration of thirty (30) days following the date your employment terminates with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries included in the Plan for any reason, other than by reason of death or permanent disability. As used herein, "permanent disability" means your inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or

(c) The expiration of 12 months following the date your employment terminates with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries included in the Plan, if such employment termination occurs by reason of your death or by reason of your permanent disability (as defined above).

6. SECURITIES LAWS.

The Option and the shares of Stock underlying the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). The Corporation has no obligations to ever register the Option or the shares of Stock underlying the Option. All shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option shall be "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Act. The certificate representing the shares shall bear an appropriate legend restricting their transfer. Such shares cannot be sold, transferred, assigned or otherwise hypothecated without registration under the Act or unless a valid exemption from registration is then available under applicable federal and state securities laws and the Corporation has been furnished with an opinion of counsel satisfactory in form and substance to the Corporation that such registration is not required.

2

7. BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations described in this letter shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon both of us, and our respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

8. DATE OF GRANT. The Option shall be treated as having been granted to you on the date of this letter even though you may sign it at a later date.

Very truly yours,

By:_______________________________ President

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:


3

[NSO GRANT FORM
WITH RELOAD OPTIONS]

T/F PURIFINER, INC.
3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100
Boynton Beach, Florida 33426

Date: __________




Dear __________:

The Board of Directors of T/F Purifiner, Inc. (the "Corporation") is pleased to award you an Option pursuant to the provisions of the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). This letter will describe the Option granted to you. Attached to this letter is a copy of the Plan. The terms of the Plan also set forth provisions governing the Option granted to you. Therefore, in addition to reading this letter you should also read the Plan. Your signature on this letter is an acknowledgement to us that you have read and understand the Plan and that you agree to abide by its terms. All terms not defined in this letter shall have the same meaning as in the Plan.

1. TYPE OF OPTION. You are granted an NSO. Please see in particular
Section 11 of the Plan.

2. RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES.

(a) Subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, we grant you the right to purchase __________ shares of Stock at $__________ per share, the current fair market value of a share of Stock. The right to purchase the shares of Stock accrues in __________ installments over the time periods described below:

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

The right to acquire __________ shares accrues on __________.

(b) In addition to the Option granted hereby (the "Underlying Option"), the Corporation will grant you a reload option (the "Reload Option") as hereinafter provided. A Reload Option is hereby granted to you if you acquire shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of the Underlying Option and pay for

1

such shares of Stock with shares of Common Stock already owned by you (the "Tendered Shares"). The Reload Option grants you the right to purchase shares of Stock equal in number to the number of Tendered Shares. The date on which the Tendered Shares are tendered to the Corporation in full or partial payment of the purchase price for the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Underlying Option is the Reload Grant Date. The exercise price of the Reload Option is the fair market value of the Tendered Shares on the Reload Grant Date. The fair market value of the Tendered Shares shall be the low bid price per share of the Corporation's Common Stock on the Reload Grant Date. The Reload Option shall vest equally over a period of __________ (___) years, commencing on the first anniversary of the Reload Grant Date, and on each anniversary of the Reload Grant Date thereafter; however, no Reload Option shall vest in any calendar year if it would allow you to purchase for the first time in that calendar year shares of Stock with a fair market value in excess of $100,000, taking into account ISOs previously granted to you. The Reload Option shall expire on the earlier of (i) __________ (___) years from the Reload Grant Date, or (ii) in accordance with Paragraph 5(b), or (iii) in accordance with Paragraph 5(c) as set forth herein. If vesting of the Reload Option is deferred, then the Reload Option shall vest in the next calendar year, subject, however, to the deferral of vesting previously provided. Except as provided herein the Reload Option is subject to all of the other terms and provisions of this Agreement governing Options.

3. TIME OF EXERCISE. The Option may be exercised at any time and from time to time beginning when the right to purchase the shares of Stock accrues and ending when they terminate as provided in Section 5 of this letter.

4. METHOD OF EXERCISE. The Options shall be exercised by written notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the Corporation's principal place of business. The notice shall set forth the number of shares of Stock to be acquired and shall contain a check payable to the Corporation in full payment for the Stock or that number of already owned shares of Stock equal in value to the total Exercise Price of the Option. We shall make delivery of the shares of Stock subject to the conditions described in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. TERMINATION OF OPTION. To the extent not exercised, the Option shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) __________, 199_, being __________ years from the date of grant pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement; or

(b) The expiration of three months following the date your employment terminates with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries included in the Plan for any reason, other than by reason of death or permanent disability. As used herein, "permanent disability" means your inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or

2

(c) The expiration of 12 months following the date your employment terminates with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries included in the Plan, if such employment termination occurs by reason of your death or by reason of your permanent disability (as defined above).

6. SECURITIES LAWS.

The Option and the shares of Stock underlying the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). The Corporation has no obligations to ever register the Option or the shares of Stock underlying the Option. All shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option shall be "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Act. The certificate representing the shares shall bear an appropriate legend restricting their transfer. Such shares cannot be sold, transferred, assigned or otherwise hypothecated without registration under the Act or unless a valid exemption from registration is then available under applicable federal and state securities laws and the Corporation has been furnished with an opinion of counsel satisfactory in form and substance to the Corporation that such registration is not required.

7. BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations described in this letter shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon both of us, and our respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

8. DATE OF GRANT. The Option shall be treated as having been granted to you on the date of this letter even though you may sign it at a later date.

Very truly yours,

By:_______________________________ President

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:



3

AGREEMENT BETWEEN
T/F SYSTEMS, INC.
AND T/F PURIFINER, INC.
DATED MARCH 1, 1991
(WITH EXHIBITS)

AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective the first day of March, 1991, and is by and between T/F Systems, Inc., a corporation of Delaware, having an office and place of business at 14402 Cypress Island Court, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33410 (hereinafter "TFS"), and T/F Purifiner, Inc., a corporation of Delaware, having an office and place of business at 14402 Cypress Island Court, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33410 (hereinafter "TFP").

On July 30, 1987, Willard H. Taylor and Richard C. Ford (hereinafter "TF") entered into a distribution and manufacturing agreement (Exhibit A hereto) with Refineco Manufacturing Company, Inc., then a Florida corporation with a principal place of business at 3553 Northwest 10th Avenue, Oakland Park, Florida 33309 (hereinafter "Refineco"), for electric refiners, filters and accessories primarily for engines in vehicles and vessels (hereinafter "refiners") which are sold under the trademark PURIFINER, and also covered by patents. Subsequently, that Agreement, pursuant to its terms, was assigned by TF, effective December 4, 1987, to TFS (Exhibit B hereto). Further, worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights under the Agreement were provided to TFS from Refineco by documents dated June 18, 1990 and December 10, 1988 (attached hereto as Exhibit C). These Agreements related to electric refiners, filters and accessories primarily for engines in vehicles and vessels (hereinafter "refiners") which are sold under the trademark PURIFINER, and also covered by patents.

Since TFS has worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights with respect to refiners sold under the trademark PURIFINER;

Since TFS desires to protect its viability for profitability and not to expose its manufacturing rights to the refiners to the uncertainty of marketing and other costs of worldwide distribution of the products with no assurance of profitability;

Since TFS has manufacturing interest and the capability to arrange for manufacture and is interested in doing the same, for refiners; and

Since TFS is fully aware that TFP may in the future undertake financing obligations and/or private or public offering of its shares in order to obtain required funds to properly market the refiners;

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement and for the purposes set forth above, TFP and TFS hereby agree as follows:

1. TFS agrees to sell on an exclusive basis all refiners manufactured by it to TFP. The cost of sale will be the actual manufacturing cost to TFS plus a fifteen percent (15%) mark-up over direct cost. Billings from TFS and TFP shall be on a monthly basis, acceptable terms mutually agreed to from time to time.


2. TFP is hereby granted by TFS worldwide marketing rights to the refiners, and will assume all costs of distribution of the refiners including, but not limited to, all advertising, marketing, selling and distribution costs.

3. TFS will be entitled to and receive a ten percent (105%) net profit after all costs of manufacturing and other costs of expenses including tooling amortization and royalty payments due on the sale of refiners pursuant to the Agreements of July 30, 1987 and June 18, 1990 mentioned above.

4. TFP will not buy refiners from any other source without the express written approval of TFS.

5. TFS does not warrant that it has any rights aside from those set forth in the July 30, 1987, December 10, 1988 and June 18, 1990 Agreements.

6. TFS will use, on any literature associated with the refiners sold pursuant to this Agreement, some sort of indication that TFS is the licensee of the "PURIFINER" trademark, and may, if TFP desires, reference the patents covering the refiners as long as those patents are in force.

7. This Agreement will remain in force for fifteen (15) years from the effective date thereof, at which time it may be renewed by agreement between the parties. When the patents covering the refiners sold pursuant to the Agreement expire, royalty payments will no longer be due by TFS to other entities, and that will no longer be considered a cost to TFS for determining the sales price of refiners to TFP; however, royalty for the PURIFINER trademark will continue to be a cost to TFS as long as the trademark is being used and the underlying Agreements are in force.

8. Neither party will assign any rights or obligations under this Agreement to any other entity without the written approval of the other party, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

9. Upon breach of this Agreement by either party, the breaching party will be notified of the breach in writing and will have fifteen (15) days to correct the breach. If it is not corrected within fifteen (15) days then the non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement in addition to any other remedies that it may have.

10. This is the complete understanding between the parties and may not be modified except in writing and signed by the parties.

11. This Agreement and all terms and provisions thereof will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, the courts of which (Federal and State) will have exclusive jurisdiction.

2

12. If any provision of this Agreement should be considered invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the parties will work to reform the Agreement so as to remove the invalid provision yet effect the intent of the parties in entering into this Agreement, and the Agreement shall not, merely because one provision is deemed invalid or unenforceable, terminate.

13. The signatures below indicate complete agreement with the terms set forth above, executed this 2nd day of September, 1991.

T/F SYSTEMS, INC.

Corporate Seal                            By:     /S/ RICHARD C. FORD
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Richard C. Ford, President

T/F PURIFINER, INC.

By:   /S/ WILLARD H. TAYLOR
   ---------------------------------
   Willard H. Taylor, Vice President

Corporate Seal

3

EXHIBIT A

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made this 30TH day of July, 1987, by and between Refineco

Manufacturing Company, Inc., a Florida corporation, with its principal place of

business at 3553 N.W. 10th Avenue, Oakland Park, Florida 33309 ("REFINECO"), as

Party of the First Part, and WILLARD H. TAYLOR, a natural person residing at

Fort Lauderdale, Florida, and RICHARD C. FORD, a natural person residing in

Jupiter, Florida (collectively "TF").

W I T N E S S E T H:

REFINECO is a manufacturing company which manufacturers electric mobile

oil refiners, filters, and accessories ("PRODUCTS"), and sells them under the

trademark "PUREFINER", and is in need of working capital and is desirous of

enlisting the efforts and abilities of TF in distributing PRODUCTS.

TF are interested in loaning working capital to REFINECO, properly secured

and in distributing PRODUCTS.

In consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement,

REFINECO and TF agree as follows:

1. TF agrees to lend to REFINECO the sum of One Hundred Thousand and

no/100 ($100,000.00) Dollars (the "Loan Amount"). Earlier, TF had required that

REFINECO sever all connections with one William D. Wessinger, in connection with

an exclusive contract for distribution which was entered into between REFINECO

and Wessinger. REFINECO has met with Wessinger, and Wessinger has demanded


excessive consideration for cancellation of the said distribution agreement,

even though REFINECO represents that Wessinger has not lived up to his

requirements and obligations under said contract. REFINECO represents that it

has given notice to said William D. Wessinger of the termination of said

exclusive contract for distribution of products of REFINECO. REFINECO agrees

that it will defend itself in the event of any litigation which may be brought

by Wessinger against REFINECO, for alleged breach of contract. REFINECO

represents to TF that Wessinger is in default of his undertakings under the said

distribution contract, and that Wessinger has provided no sales of consequence

to REFINECO. By acceptance of the loan amount, REFINECO specifically warrants

that it has no other in-force and/or applicable other agreements which are in

conflict with this agreement, or the rights transferred to TF by this Agreement.

2. Interest will also be paid on THE LOAN AMOUNT. The interest will be

due on each yearly anniversary of the effective date of this agreement, and will

be payable at the rate of 8% per annum, simple interest. Whenever the THE LOAN

AMOUNT is repaid, such as pursuant to any of the conditions set forth in

paragraph 5, below, in addition to the principal being repaid an interest

payment will also be made in the amount of 8% of the THE LOAN AMOUNT times the

number of months since the last anniversary payment (if any). The loan repayment

will not be considered satisfied unless this interest payment is also made. THE

LOAN AMOUNT, plus the appropriate amount of interest at the time of repayment,

is "THE REPAY AMOUNT".

3. THE REPAY AMOUNT will be secured by financing statements signed by

REFINECO and recorded in the records of the Patent and Trademark Office with

2

respect to U.S. Patents 4,189,351, 4,227,969, and 4,289,583, and the trademark

"PUREFINER", and any presently pending patent applications or intellectual

property rights subsequently acquired by REFINECO. Attached as Exhibits A and B

are a financing statement that will be executed by REFINECO when THE LOAN AMOUNT

is conveyed to REFINECO, and the financing statements will be returned to to TF

for recordation in the records of the Patent and Trademark Office, and the State

of Florida. Upon THE REPAY AMOUNT being actually received by TF, TF will file

releases of the financing statements.

4. TF will become a master distributor of PRODUCTS, and will have

exclusive rights to distribute PRODUCTS for all fields of use, in the States of

Florida, New York, New Jersey, and Massachusetts. TF will be required to carry

an inventory of PRODUCTS sufficient to service the territorial markets assigned

to TF. Initially, the amount of inventory required to be carried shall be

determined by TF, but after 365 days, REFINECO and TF shall consult regarding

the setting of inventory levels by meeting, reviewing sales, areas in which

sales are being made, and the areas wherein are required additional amount of

PRODUCTS. Inventories shall then be adjusted so that the supply of PRODUCTS in a

sales area shall be sufficient to support such markets as determined by TF and

PRODUCTS jointly. There are no initial minimum inventory requirements (aside

form what TF reasonably believe is adequate to support sales efforts in the

States of Florida, New York, New Jersey, and Massachusetts. The $20,500.00

presently due to be paid in September, 1987, from REFINECO to TF shall be

utilized to purchase initial inventory of products for resale by TF in the

market area assigned to TF by REFINECO.

3

5. THE REPAY AMOUNT will become completely due and immediately payable

upon the occurrence of any one of the three following events:

A. Three years from the effective date of this Agreement.

B. If REFINECO become insolvent, bankrupt, files for bankruptcy,

files for reorganization, or otherwise loses control of its destiny.

C. Should REFINECO enter into any agreement or understanding to sell

REFINECO, or any part thereof (including but not limited to its patent rights or

trademark rights), or to recapitalize (e.g. make a public stock or bond

offering). In this latter event, (C), TF, at their sole option, may elect to

accept, in lieu of THE REPAY AMOUNT, one per cent (1%) of the common voting

stock in REFINECO (just prior to any sale of all or part of REFINECO, or any

recapitalization).

D. REFINECO shall have the continuing right and option to pre-pay,

in full, at any time, THE REPAY AMOUNT.

E. Regardless of whether REFINECO has paid THE REPAY AMOUNT to TF,

TF shall have a continuing option, during the full term of three years from date

hereof, to purchase 1% of all stock of REFINECO, at the purchase price of

$100,000.00, payable in cash, or if THE REPAY AMOUNT has not, at the time TF

desires to exercise this option to purchase stock, been fully paid to TF, TF may

cause such unpaid portion of THE REPAY AMOUNT as it may wish to be credited

against the said stock purchase price.

6. At any time, whether or not THE REPAY AMOUNT is then due, TF may, at

their sole option, convert THE REPAY AMOUNT to one per cent (1%) of the common

4

voting stock of REFINECO at the time of conversion. The time of conversion will

be considered the time when TF delivers a written demand to REFINECO by hand, or

to a cable or telex company for deliver to REFINECO, or deposits the written

demand addressed to REFINECO in the U.S. registered or certified mail.

7. TF will not engage in the sale of or manufacture of any electrical oil

refiners, filters, or accessories except PRODUCTS, for the duration of this

Agreement, and will not disclose confidential information to others not under an

obligation of confidentiality with REFINECO.

8. TF will not assign any rights or obligations under this Agreement to

any other entity without the written approval of REFINECO, which approval shall

not be unreasonably withheld, except that TF may assign their rights and

obligations under this Agreement to any entity (whether partnership,

corporation, joint venture, etc.) in which they have an ownership interest

(either individually or collectively) of greater than ten per cent (10%), or in

which any child of either Taylor or Ford has an ownership interest, either

individually or collectively with Taylor and Ford, of greater than ten per cent

(10%). In no event, however, shall the interests, territorial assignment, and

rights created hereunder be sold, transferred, or assigned to any entity which

is owned more than five per cent by any company which has a substantive interest

in the oil or petroleum business, either distribution, refining, producing,

transporting or otherwise.

9. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, should REFINECO

become insolvent to the point that it cannot continue operations, come under the

jurisdiction of the bankruptcy court, and not be released within sixty (60) days

5

thereafter from such jurisdiction, file for bankruptcy, file for reorganization,

or otherwise lose control of its destiny, or no longer shall be able to supply

PRODUCTS to TF for a continuous period of one hundred five (105) days, TF will

automatically be entitled to commence manufacturing under the non-exclusive

right to manufacture granted to TF simultaneously herewith, and to use, and sell

PRODUCTS in territories assigned to TF under this Agreement (the States of

Florida, New York, New Jersey and Massachusetts), said rights to manufacture to

be under any patent rights of REFINECO, under Patent Numbers 4,189,351,

4,227,969 and 4,289,583, and any presently pending patent applications or

intellectual property rights acquired by REFINECO, or of any entity that may

become owner of the rights, and apply the PURIFINER trademark to the PRODUCTS.

TF will pay to REFINECO, or any entity taking the place of REFINECO under such

circumstances, a royalty of five percent (5%) of TF's sale price of PRODUCTS.

This royalty obligation will remain in full force and effect during the life of

any patents which cover PRODUCTS, but will be reduced to one per cent (1%), upon

the expiration of all patents, which one per cent (1%) rate will be for the

right to use the PURIFINER trademark. If REFINECO is able to reconstitute its

financial status, so that it may continue to manufacture and sell its products,

it may cancel the rights of TF to manufacture products normally manufactured by

REFINECO, by paying any additional costs to TF which TF may have actually

incurred due to the temporary inability of REFINECO to manufacture products for

resale.

10. The provision of paragraphs 4, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement wil

remain in effect indefinitely, unless breached by one of the parties, in which

6

case the breaching party will have thirty (30) days to remedy the breach, after

written notification of the breach by the non-breaching party; otherwise, they

will be in default.

11. Taylor is providing funds of Fifty Thousand and no/100 ($50,000.00)

Dollars as of date of this agreement, July 30, 1987, and Ford is to provide

funds of Fifty Thousand and no/100 ($50,000.00) Dollars and or about August 6,

1987. In the event, for any reason whatsoever, Ford funds are not forthcoming by

August 15, 1987, Taylor has the option to replacing Ford in this agreement by

providing the funds.

12. This is the entire Agreement between REFINECO and TF and any

modifications may be made only in writing. This Agreement will be interpreted in

accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, with jurisdiction by Florida

Courts.

13. The signatures below indicate complete agreement to the terms se

forth above.

Dated this 30TH
day of July, 1987.

REFINECO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

  /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
--------------------------------------
BY: BYRON LEFEBVRE, President and CEO

  /S/ JELLE P. SCHOEN
--------------------------------------
By: JELLE P. SCHOEN,
Chairman of the Board

Dated this 30TH
day of July, 1987.

  /S/ WILLARD H. TAYLOR
-------------------------------------
WILLARD H. TAYLOR

 /S/ RICHARD C. FORD
-------------------------------------
RICHARD C. FORD

7

STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF BROWARD

Before me personally appeared the above persons to me well known and known to me to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to and before me that they executed said instrument for the purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal, this 30TH day of JULY , A.D., 1987.

8

EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective the 4TH day of DECEMBER, 1987 and is by and between T/F Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation with an office and place of business c/o N.A. Taylor Co., Inc., 10 W. 9th Avenue, Gloversville, New York 12078 ("Systems"), on the one hand, and Williard H. Taylor, a natural person residing in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, and Richard C. Ford, a natural person residing in Jupiter, Florida (collectively "TF") on the other hand.

TF have an Agreement dated July 30, 1987 with Refineco Manufacturing Company, Inc., a copy of which Agreement is attached hereto, and TF are desirous of operating under that Agreement via Systems, and have the right to assign this Agreement to Systems, its assigns, successors, and legal representatives, since Systems is an appropriate assignee pursuant to paragraph 8 of that Agreement.

Therefore, in consideration of one dollar ($1.00), and other good and valuable considerations not specified herein, paid by Systems to TF, TF hereby grant, assign, and transfer their entire right and interest pursuant to and in the Agreement of July 30, 1987 to Systems. TF agree to provide Refineco with a copy of this executed Agreement.

  /S/ WILLIARD H. TAYLOR                          /S/ RICHARD C. FORD
- ------------------------------                  --------------------------
Williard H. Taylor                              Richard C. Ford

Date:    12/4/87                                Date:    12/4/87
     -------------------------                       ---------------------

     Accepted by T/F Systems Inc.

                                                By:
                                                   -----------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:  Vice President
Date:      12/4/87
     ------------------------


EXHIBIT C

June 18, 1990

T/F SYSTEMS, INC.
246 Hampton
Jupiter, FL 33458

Re: Refineco Manufacturing Company, Inc.

Dear Gentlemen:

This is to confirm that since Refineco Manufacturing Company, Inc. has not fulfilled the conditions and promises I described in my letter to you dated December 10, 1988, T/F Systems, Inc. has obtained exclusive worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights with respect to all products produced under the following properties:

1. U.S. Patent 4,189,351
2. U.S. Patent 4,227,969
3. U.S. Patent 4,289,583
4. Trademark "Purefiner"
5. All pending patents of Refineco

We expect payment of the royalties pursuant to our agreement dated July 30, 1987 and the aforementioned letter dated December 10, 1988.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Byron Lefebvre

REFINECO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.
Byron Lefebvre, President

Sworn to and subscribed before me
this 18TH day of June, 1990.

    /S/ SHIRLEY D. BALDONI
- -------------------------------
NOTARY PUBLIC, State of Florida
                    at Large
My Commission Expires:


REFINECO

PURIFINER

December 10, 1988

Richard C. Ford
President
T/F Systems, Inc.
4385 Westroads Dr.
West Palm Beach, Fl. 33407

Dear Richard,

Refineco recognizes the fact that we are in breach of our agreement with T/F Systems in that we have lost control of our destiny and have not been able to fill your orders for over 105 days.

We know that you can exercise your rights stated in your agreement, dated July 30, 1987, but that you are giving Refineco a chance to rectify its breach under the following conditions:

1. That Purifiner Distribution Midwest corp., which will be getting the world-wide manufacturing and marketing rights and will be in production and furnish T/F Systems product on an exclusive basis for their territory within 18 months.

2. If number one does not occur and T/F Systems decides to exercise its manufacturing rights and marketing rights, they shall then be able to manufacture and market the PURIFINER and filters world-wide on an exclusive basis and pay the same Royalty as specified in the July 30, 1987 agreement with Refineco Manufacturing Co., Inc.

We all hope that everythig work out well and that you will not have to exercise your rights.

Sincerely,

/s/ Byron Lefebvre

Byron Lefebvre                            Richard C. Ford
President                                 President
                                          T/F Systems, Inc.
CC:   Frank DePaul                        /s/ Richard C. Ford
      Ron Holmes


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
T/F SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
T/F PURIFINER, INC.
DATED DECEMBER 31, 1995

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement') is made as of the 31st day of December, 1995, by and between T/F SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), and T/F PURIFINER, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Buyer").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell and assign to Buyer and buyer desires to purchase and assume from Seller certain assets and liabilities of Seller according to the terms and conditions hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and the agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.

1.1 ASSETS PURCHASED. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller hereby sells, transfers, conveys and delivers to Buyer and Buyer hereby purchases from Seller, as of the date hereof (the "Closing Date") all of the assets, properties and rights of Seller of every type and description, wherever located as the same shall exist at the close of business on the Closing Date (except for the Excluded Assets (hereinafter defined)) (collectively, the "Assets").

1.2 ASSETS NOT PURCHASED.The assets of Seller which are not being sold, conveyed, assigned or transferred hereunder are all of Seller's rights and interests in and to the proceeds of that certain Final Judgment in civil litigation styled T/F SYSTEMS, INC. V. SOUTHEAST CAPITAL FINANCING, ETC., ET AL., Case No. CL 90 12772 AE, and all of the bond proceeds and other revenues related thereto (collectively, the "Excluded Assets").

1.3 LIABILITIES ASSUMED. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller hereby agrees to transfer and assign, and Buyer hereby agrees to assume and perform and pay when due, all of the debts, liabilities, claims, obligations and contracts of Seller of every kind, character or description, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise existing at the Closing Date (except for the Excluded Liabilities (hereinafter defined)) (collectively, the "Liabilities").

1.4 LIABILITIES NOT ASSUMED. The liabilities of Seller which are not being assumed by Buyer hereunder are the following:


1.4.1 Seller's obligation to repay that certain loan owed to Richard C. Ford in the amount of $268,742.35 (the "Ford Loan");

1.4.2 Seller's obligation to repay that certain loan owed to the Estate of Willard H.Taylor in the amount of $268,742.35 (the "Taylor Loan");

1.4.3 Seller's liability in respect of those professional fees owed for the prosecution and collection of the Excluded Assets (the "Professional Fees") (the Ford Loan, Taylor Loan and Professional Fees are collectively referred to herein as the "Excluded Liabilities"); and

1.4.4 Seller's liability for repayment of bond proceeds received in respect of the Excluded Assets.

1.5 TRANSFER COSTS. Buyer hereby agrees to pay all transfer costs and taxes, documentary stamp taxes and amounts, recording costs, and all sales, transfer and license taxes, if any, resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2. PURCHASE PRICE. In addition to the assumption by Buyer of the Liabilities, in consideration for the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereunder, Buyer does hereby assign to Seller any and all of Buyer rights and interests in and to the Excluded Assets (the "Purchase Price").

3. SELLER'S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. Seller warrants and represents to Buyer the following:

3.1 Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

3.2 Seller is owner of all of the Assets and at the Closing Date shall have good and marketable title to the Assets free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for (i) the lien of Larry Freedman on Seller's assets in respect of a promissory note payable to him with an outstanding balance of $101,804 and (ii) the lien of Caterpillar Financial Co. on a forklift in respect of a loan to Seller with an outstanding balance of $3,993; and

3.3 Seller has full authorization and right to enter into this Agreement and by signing this Agreement is not in breach of the terms of any other agreement or judgment or order of a judicial or administrative agency to or by which Seller is or may be bound to any third party.

4. BUYER'S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. Buyer warrants and represents to Seller the following:

2

4.1 Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; and

4.2 Buyer has full authorization and right to enter into this Agreement and by signing this Agreement is not in breach of the terms of any other agreement or judgment or order of a judicial or administrative agency to or by which Buyer is or may be bound to any third party.

5. INDEMNITY.

5.1 In the event that any of the Excluded Assets have been pledged by Seller as collateral security for any of the Liabilities and any of the Excluded Assets are foreclosed, levied upon or acquired by a creditor of Seller (the "Foreclosed Asset") in complete or partial satisfaction of any of the Liabilities (the "Foreclosure"), Buyer agrees to indemnify Seller for the fair market value of the Foreclosed Asset within one (1) year of the Foreclosure.

5.2 Except as specifically provided for in Section 5.1 above, Seller agrees to indemnify Buyer on demand from and against all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs and expenses, including legal expenses, of whatever kind and nature, imposed on, incurred or asserted against Buyer, its agents, officers, attorneys, employees, directors, successors and assigns in any way relating to or arising out of the Excluded Assets and/or Excluded Liabilities.

6. CLOSING.

6.1 The consummation of the purchase and sale contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Seller on the Closing Date, or such other time and place as shall be agreed upon by the parties in writing.

6.2 At Closing, Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer such bills of sale, endorsements, assignments and other good sufficient instruments of conveyance and transfer as shall be effective to vest in Buyer all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Assets.

6.3 Simultaneously, upon the consummation of the transfers above, Seller, through its officers, agents and employees, will put Buyer into full possession and enjoyment of the Assets conveyed and transferred under this Agreement.

7. MISCELLANEOUS.

7.1 BINDING EFFECT. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by

3

the parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not.

7.2 AMENDMENTS. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, supplemented, waived or changed orally, but only by a writing signed by the party as to whom enforcement of any such amendment supplement, waiver or modification is sought and making specific reference to this Agreement.

7.3 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into pursuant hereto is contrary to, prohibited by or deemed invalid under applicable law or regulation, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given full force and effect so far as possible. If any provision of this Agreement may be construed in two or more ways, one of which would render the provision invalid or otherwise voidable or unenforceable and another of which would render the provision valid and enforceable, such provision shall have the meaning which renders it valid and enforceable.

7.4 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing (including electronic transmission) and shall be (as elected by the person giving such notice) hand delivered by messenger or courier service, electronically transmitted, or mailed (airmail if international) by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid), return receipt requested, addressed to:

If to Buyer:                              If to Seller:

T/F Purifiner, Inc.                       T/F Systems, Inc.
3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100           3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100
Boynton Beach, Florida  33426             Boynton Beach, Florida  33426
Attn:  President                          Attn:  President

or to such other address as any party may designate by notice complying with the terms of this Section. Each such notice shall be deemed delivered (a) on the date delivered if by personal delivery; (b) on the date of transmission with confirmed answer back if by electronic transmission; and (c) on the date upon which the return receipt is signed or delivery is refused or the notice is designated by the postal authorities as not deliverable, as the case may be, if mailed.

7.5 SURVIVAL. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein or otherwise made in writing by any part pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4

7.6 HEADINGS. The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of the Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

7.7 THIRD PARTIES. Unless expressly stated herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any third persons to any party to this Agreement, nor shall any provision give any third persons any right of subrogation or action over or against any party to this Agreement.

7.8 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida.

7.9 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The parties hereby agree from time to time to execute and deliver such further and other transfers, assignments and documents and do all matters and things which may be convenient or necessary to more effectively and completely carry out the intentions of this Agreement.

7.10 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement represents the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all other negotiations, understandings and representations (if any) made by and between such parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has dully executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

T/F/ SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation

By: /S/ RICHARD C. FORD, PRESIDENT
    ------------------------------
    Richard C. Ford, President

T/F/ PURIFINER, INC., a Delaware corporation

By: /S/ RICHARD C. FORD, PRESIDENT
    ------------------------------
    Richard C. Ford, President

5

STOCK EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
D.B. FILTERS, INC.,
BYRON LEFEBVRE AND ROBERT MEYER,
AND
T/F PURIFINER, INC.
(WITH EXHIBITS)

STOCK EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This Stock Exchange Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of the 23rd day of March, 1996, by and between D.B. Filters, Inc., a Florida corporation ("DB"), Mr. Byron Lefebvre, as owner of 80.1% and Robert Meyer, as owner of 19.9% of DB outstanding common stock ("Shareholders"), and T/F Purifiner, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("TFP").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Shareholders desire to exchange and transfer to TFP and TFP desires to acquire all the outstanding shares, representing 100% of DB according to the terms and conditions herein provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and the agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable considerations, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Shareholders hereby exchange, transfer, convey and deliver to TFP and TFP hereby acquires from Shareholders, as of the date hereof (the "Closing Date") all of the outstanding shares of DB representing 100% ownership of DB.

1.1 TRANSFER COSTS. TFP hereby agrees to pay all transfer costs and taxes, documentary stamp taxes and amounts, recording costs, and all sales, transfer and license taxes, if any, resulting from the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

2. PURCHASE PRICE. Buyer agrees to issue to Shareholders .027777% of its Common Stock, which shares will be equivalent to 50,000 shares after TFP completes its stock split in anticipation of a proposed initial public offering through Whale Securities, L.P.

3. DB AND SHAREHOLDERS WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. DB and its Shareholders warrant and represent to TFP the following:

3.1 DB is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida.

3.2 DB is owner of all its Assets and Liabilities (listed on Appendix A) and at the Closing Date shall have good and marketable title to the Assets free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and


3.3 Shareholders are owners of 100% of the common stock of DB and at the Closing Date shall have good and marketable title to the DB common stock free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

3.4 DB and Shareholders have full authorization and right to enter into this Agreement and by signing this Agreement are not in breach of the terms of any other agreement or judgment or order of a judicial or administrative agency to or by which DB or Shareholders are or may be bound to any third party.

4. TFP WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. TFP warrants and represents to Shareholders the following:

4.1 TFP is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; and

4.2 TFP has full authorization and right to enter into this Agreement and by signing this Agreement is not in breach of the terms of any other agreement or judgment or order of a judicial or administrative agency to or by which TFP is or may be bound to any third party.

5. INDEMNITY.

5.1 DB and its Shareholders agree to indemnify TFP on demand from and against all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs and expenses, including legal expenses, of whatever kind and nature, imposed on, incurred or asserted against TFP, its agents, officers, attorneys, employees, directors, successors and assigns in any way relating to or arising out of the acquisition of DB's common stock or from any misrepresentation by DB or its Shareholders as to the assets, liabilities or equity of DB at the Closing Date of this merger.

6. CLOSING.

6.1 The consummation of the stock exchange contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of TFP on the Closing Date, or such other time and place as shall be agreed upon by the parties in writing.

6.2 At Closing, Shareholders shall deliver or cause to be delivered to TFP such share certificates and other good sufficient instruments of conveyance and transfer as shall be effective to vest in TFP all of Shareholders' right, title and interest in and to the Shares.

6.3 Simultaneously, upon the consummation of the exchanges above, Shareholders through its officers, agents and employees, will put TFP into full

2

possession and enjoyment of the Shares conveyed and transferred under this Agreement.

7. MISCELLANEOUS.

7.1 BINDING EFFECT. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not.

7.2 AMENDMENTS. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, supplemented, waived or changed orally, but only by a writing signed by the party as to whom enforcement of any such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification is sought and making specific reference to this Agreement.

7.3 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into pursuant hereto is contrary to, prohibited by or deemed invalid under applicable law or regulation, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given full force and effect so far as possible. If any provision of this Agreement may be construed in two or more ways, one of which would render the provision invalid or otherwise voidable or unenforceable and another of which would render the provision valid and enforceable, such provision shall have the meaning which renders it valid and enforceable.

7.4 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing (including electronic transmission) and shall be (as elected by the person giving such notice) hand delivered by messenger or courier service, electronically transmitted, or mailed (airmail if international) by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid), return receipt requested, addressed to:

If to TFP:                      If to DB or Shareholders:
T/F Purifiner, Inc.             Byron Lefebvre           Robert Meyer
3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100 DB Filters, Inc.         3020 High Ridge Road
Boynton Beach, Florida 33426    1400 NE 7th Court # 309  Suite 100
Attn: President                 Fort Lauderdale, FL 33334 Boynton Beach, FL 33426

or to such other address as any party may designate by notice complying with the terms of this Section. Each such notice shall be deemed delivered (a) on the date delivered if by personal delivery; (b) on the date of transmission with confirmed answer back if by electronic transmission; and (c) on the date upon which the return receipt is signed or delivery is refused or the notice is designated by the postal authorities as not deliverable, as the case may be, if mailed.

3

7.5 SURVIVAL. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein or otherwise made in writing by any party pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.6 HEADINGS. The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of the Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

7.7 THIRD PARTIES. Unless expressly stated herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement, whether expressed or implied, is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives. successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any third persons to any party to this Agreement, nor shall any provisions give any third persons any right of subrogation or action over or against any party to this Agreement.

7.8 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida.

7.9 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The parties hereby agree from time to time to execute and deliver such further and other transfers, assignments and documents and do all matters and things which may be convenient or necessary to more effectively and completely carry out the intentions of this Agreement.

7.10 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement represents the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all other negotiations, understandings and representations (if any) made by and between such parties.

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

T/F Purifiner, Inc. a Delaware corporation

By:    /S/ RICHARD C. FORD
   ---------------------------------
    Richard C. Ford, President

D.B. Filters, Inc. a Florida corporation

By:    /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
   ---------------------------------
     Byron Lefebvre, President


        /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
   ---------------------------------
     Byron Lefebvre, Individually


        /S/ ROBERT MEYER
   ---------------------------------
     Robert Meyer, Individually

5

FIRST AMENDMENT TO STOCK EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Stock Exchange Agreement dated as of March 23, 1996 is made as of March 23, 1996 by and among DB Filters, Inc., Mr. Byron Lefebvre and Mr. Robert Meyer and T/F Purifiner, Inc.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the parties are parties to the Stock Exchange Agreement referenced above (the "Stock Exchange Agreement").

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual promises and the agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which we hereby acknowledge, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1) The "Closing Date" as such term is defined in the Stock Exchange Agreement shall be May 20, 1996, not withstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Stock Exchange Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this First Amendment as of the date and year first written above.

T/F Purifiner, Inc.

By:    /S/ RICHARD C. FORD
   ------------------------------
   Richard C. Ford
   President

D.B. Filters, Inc.

By:    /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
   -----------------------------
   Byron Lefebvre
   President

       /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
   -----------------------------
   Byron Lefebvre
   Individually

       /S/ ROBERT MEYER
   -----------------------------
   Robert Meyer
   Individually


APPENDIX A

DB FILTERS, INC.

Assets:                                   $0

Liabilities, including all contingent
   and unasserted liabilities:            $0

Rights:

100% ownership of the bypass filter royalty rights pursuant to Assignment agreement with T/F Purifiner, Inc., dated April 14, 1994, and 100% ownership interest to the North American filter element manufacturing rights pursuant to Agreement with T/F Purifiner, Inc. and TF Systems, Inc., dated November 26, 1993.


ASSIGNMENT

WHEREAS, I Byron Lefebvre, residing in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida

(hereinafter ASSIGNOR), have invented certain new and useful Improvements in a

by-pass oil filter for the purpose of reducing risk of oxidation and

acidification in engine oil and/or method of production and/or use thereof,

disclosed in Exhibit A attached to this Agreement, and any subsequent

improvements therein (hereafter collectively "The Invention"); and

WHEREAS, T/F Purifiner, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of

business at 3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100, Boynton, Florida 33426 (hereinafter

ASSIGNEE), is desirous of acquiring the entire right, title and interest in and

to The Invention and any Letters Patent that may be granted therefor in the

United States and in any and all foreign countries.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings

hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration by each of

the parties hereto to the other given, receipt and sufficiency of which is

hereby mutually acknowledged, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties

hereto as follows:

ASSIGNOR hereby does sell, assign and transfer unto ASSIGNEE, the full and

exclusive right, title and interest in and to The Invention in the United States

and its territorial possessions and in all foreign countries, and the entire

right, title and interest in and to any and all Letters Patent which may be

granted therefor in the United States and its territorial possessions and in any

and all foreign countries, and in and to any and all divisions, reissues,

continuations, continuation-in-parts and extensions thereof, as well as the


right of priority thereto under any international convention to which the United

States is a party.

ASSIGNOR hereby authorizes and requests the Patent and Trademark Office

Officials in the United States and any and all foreign countries to issue any

and all of said Letters Patent, for The Invention, to said ASSIGNEE, as the

assignee of my entire right, title and interest in and to the same, for the sole

use and enjoyment of said ASSIGNEE, its successors and assigns.

Further, ASSIGNOR agrees to communicate to ASSIGNEE, or its appointed

legal representatives, any facts known to ASSIGNOR respecting The Invention, and

testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, execute all

divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, renewal and/or reissue

applications, execute all necessary assignment papers to cause any and all of

said Letters Patent to be issued to said ASSIGNEE, its successors and assigns,

to obtain and enforce proper protection for The Invention in the United States

and in any and all foreign countries, without any additional consideration.

ASSIGNEE agrees to pay ASSIGNOR as consideration for this sale of The

Invention to ASSIGNOR a use-based payment consisting of five percent (5%) of the

direct cost plus 15% of producing units of The Invention. All payments or

reports provided for under this Agreement shall be made by ASSIGNEE to ASSIGNOR

on a quarter-yearly basis beginning on the effective date of this Agreement with

subsequent payments or reports being made on or before the first day of April,

July, October, and January in each year during the term of this Agreement.

2

ASSIGNEE agrees to furnish on the due date of each quarter-yearly payment or

report specified above, a statement of the previous quarter's direct cost of

producing the certified by ASSIGNEE's chief accounting officer, or any other

officer senior to the chief accounting officer, coupled with any

dollar-use-based payment due.

The use-based payments set forth above will be made until the expiration

(or holding of invalidity or unenforceability) of the last to expire US patent

for The Invention. Also, if within eight years of the filing of an application

for The Invention in the United States no patent has issued for The Invention,

however, then all use-based payments will terminate at that time, regardless of

the existence of any patents in any other countries for The Invention

Since ASSIGNEE has full and exclusive right, title, and interest to The

Invention ASSIGNEE will pay for and be solely in charge of patent applications

for The Invention in the United States and all foreign countries that ASSIGNEE

- -- at its sole option -- decides to pursue. ASSIGNEE will also pay all fees

necessary keep all patents granted for The Invention. Also ASSIGNEE has the sole

option of deciding whether or not to pursue infringers of any patents to issue

for The Invention. If the AssIGNEE does successfully pursue infringers, however,

the ASSIGNEE will pay to the ASSIGNOR ten percent (10%) of any net monetary

recovery (that is the gross monetary recovery minus the cost of proceeding

against the infringer) actually received by ASSIGNEE.

If either party fails to fulfill any obligation under this agreement,

notice will be given by the wronged party of the breach, and if the breach is

not cured within thirty (30) days, the wronged party may take whatever legal

3

action is available and appropriate to enforce the terms of this agreement or to

collect damages for the breach, however recision is not an available remedy to

either party.

This agreement is to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the

State of Florida, the Courts (Federal and State) of which have exclusive

jurisdiction over any matter arising under this agreement.

This is the only agreement between the parties with respect to this

matter, and no change can be made to this agreement except in writing and signed

by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have affixed their names and seals,

by themselves or their officers thereunto duly authorized, to be effective on

the day and year first above written. See Schedule A which shall become a part

of this Agreement.

ASSIGNOR:

By:   /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
   ----------------------------
      Byron Lefebvre

ASSIGNEE: T/F Purifiner, Inc.

By:   /S/ RICHARD FORD
   ----------------------------
Name:  Richard Ford
Title:  President

4

AGREEMENT

Whereas, Byron Lefebvre, Robert Meyer and Heather Lefebvre are entitled to receive a 5% royalty (as defined) pursuant to the assignment of a new bypass oil filter patent to T/F Purifiner, Inc., dated April 15, 1994.

Whereas, such parties have agreed to contribute all rights obtained in the above agreement to DB Filters, Inc., a Florida Corporation.

The below signed parties do hereby approve and agree to contribute such rights to DB Filters, Inc. effective as of the date below.

  /S/ ROBERT MEYER           /S/ HEATHER LEFEBVRE       /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
- -----------------------    ------------------------   -----------------------
Robert Meyer               Heather Lefebvre           Byron Lefebvre


Dated:  February 15, 1995


AGREEMENT

Whereas, Byron Lefebvre and T/F Purifiner, Inc. and TF Systems, Inc. are the parties to an agreement dated November 26, 1993 related to Byron Lefebvre's ownership of the exclusive rights to manufacture the Purifiner oil filter elements for T/F Purifiner, Inc./TF Systems, Inc. for North America and other rights and obligations.

Whereas, Byron Lefebvre is desirous of contributing all such rights and obligations to DB Filters, Inc., a Florida corporation.

The below signed parties do hereby approve/consent and agree to contribute all such rights and obligations to DB Filters, Inc. as of the date below.

Consented to by:                    Approved and Agreed to by:


  /S/ RICHARD C. FORD                 /S/ BYRON LEFEBVRE
- -------------------------------     ---------------------------------------
Richard C. Ford, President          Byron Lefebvre, as President of
T/F Purifiner, Inc.                 DB Filters, Inc. and Individually
TF Systems, Inc.


Dated:  February 15, 1995


JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
T/F PURIFINER, INC.,
T/F SYSTEMS, INC.,
CENTRAX LIMITED,
THE BARR FAMILY
AND
A.N. DAVIES

Joint Venture Agreement

DATED: 18TH December 1995

(1) TF Purifiner, Inc.

(2) TF Systems, Inc.

(3) Centrax Limited

(4) The Barr Family

(5) A.N. Davies


THIS AGREEMENT is made this eighteenth day of December 1995 and is between:

(1) TF PURIFINER, INC. ("TF Inc."), a Delaware Corporation of 3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100, Boynton Beach, Florida 33426, United States of America.

(2) TF SYSTEMS, INC. ("TFS"), a Delaware Corporation of 3020 High Ridge Road, Suite 100, Boynton Beach, Florida 33426, United States of America.

(3) CENTRAX LIMITED ("Centrax") whose registered office is at Swift House, 12A Upper Berkeley Street, London, WlH 7PE.

(4) MR. R. H. H. BARR on his own behalf and on behalf of Mr. C. R. Barr and Mr. R. A. Barr c/o Centrax Ltd, Shaldon Road, Newton Abbot, Devon, TQ12 4SQ ("The Barr family").

(5) A.N. DAVIES ("AND") of Caseley Close, Lustleigh, Devon, TQ13 9TN

WHEREAS:

(a) TF Inc. and TFS are in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing and marketing mobile bypass oil refining units and filters under the trademark "Purifiner" (hereinafter referred to as the "Products").

(b) TF Inc. is the exclusive licensee of the US patent Nos. 4,189,351; 4,227,969; 4,289,583; 4,943,352 and pending patent applications and (TF Inc.) is the registered proprietor of the registered trademarks in the Territory set out in the Appendix 4 the ("Mark").

(c) TF Inc. and TFS are the owners of the Rights as defined in Clause 2.

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

CLAUSE 1.      FORMATION OF JOINT VENTURE:

      1.1      The parties hereby agree to establish a new Joint Venture Company
               having the name TF Purifiner  (Europe)  Limited ("TF Ltd") and TF
               Inc.  agrees to make such name  available  for use by TF Ltd with
               it's Articles of Association in the form annexed as Appendix 3 or
               such  other  form of  Articles  as TF Ltd may  from  time to time
               resolve.

      1.2      The business of TF Ltd shall be the exploitation of the Rights in
               the Territories or such other  activities as TF Ltd may from time
               to time resolve.


CLAUSE 2.      RIGHTS:


      2.1      TF Inc. and TFS jointly and severally warrant to  Centrax, to the
               Barr  family  and to AND that they have all  necessary  rights to
               make  possess  market or  dispose of in any way  whatever  and to
               import  to  and  to  commercially  exploit  the  Products  in the
               Territories  referred to in Clause 14 ("the Territory")  together
               with the right to offer to do any of the foregoing  together with
               the right to use the Mark ("the  Rights")  and that they have the
               right to assign to Ltd the Rights contained in Clause 2.2.

      2.2      By and subject  to the terms of this Agreement, TF Ltd  is hereby
               assigned by TFS and TF Inc. the irrevocable and exclusive  rights
               to  exploit  the  Rights  free of charge in respect of all of the
               Products of TF Inc. and TFS (as now existing and developed in the
               future) in perpetuity  except for royalty  payments as defined in
               10.2.

      2.3      For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  TF  Inc. and/or TFS shall not be
               entitled to exercise  their Rights,  in the Territory  covered by
               this Agreement, unless TF Ltd otherwise agrees.

CLAUSE 3.      APPROVAL OF MEMBERS:

               The provisions of this Agreement are  conditional on and will not
               take effect until the terms of this  Agreement are approved by an
               ordinary  resolution  of the Board  members of TF Inc. and TFS in
               general  meeting and TF Inc. and TFS shall use best  endeavors to
               procure this as expeditiously as possible and, once obtained, the
               provision hereof will apply and in the event that approval is not
               obtained  by 1st  January  1996  this  Agreement  shall  be of no
               further force or effect.

CLAUSE 4.      SHARE STRUCTURE:

               The shareholding in TF Ltd shall be structured as follows:

               (1)    There shall be an  authorized  and issued share capital of
                      55,000 shares,  value (pound)1 sterling each to be paid up
                      by  Centrax  to be issued in three  classes  carrying  the

rights set out in the Articles of Association as follows:

2

                       25,000   'A'  shares  to  Centrax,  the  Barr Family or a
                                company representing the Barr family (voting)
                       25,000   'B' shares to be held by TF Inc.(voting)
                        5,000   'C' shares to AND (non-voting)

                      For a  shareholder  which  is a  corporation,  it shall be
                      permitted  for any class of share to be  registered in the
                      name of an individual  provided that such individual holds
                      the  shares as nominee of the  shareholder  concerned  and
                      written  evidence  acceptable to the Board of Directors is
                      produced demonstrating that appointment.

CLAUSE 5.      FUNDING:

      5.1      If additional financing in excess of the original paid up capital
               of(pound)55,000  is  needed  such  additional  financing  can  be
               provided  either  by  bank  borrowing  by TF Ltd or  directly  or
               indirectly   by  Centrax   or  the  Barr   family  or  a  company
               representing  the Barr  family  either as capital,  non  interest
               bearing loans or interest  bearing loans as determined and agreed
               by the voting  Directors  of the TF Ltd Board and the Centrax Ltd
               Board for commercially sound reasons.

      5.2      Subject  to  Clause  5.1,  Centrax  or  the  Barr family agree to
               support and fund  present and future TF Ltd  operations  until TF
               Ltd is self-funding.  "Self Funding" shall mean a situation where
               TF Ltd is trading without  indebtedness to Centrax, or with other
               financial  support,  security or guarantee provided by Centrax or
               the Barr family.  It is the  intention of the parties that TF Ltd
               should become self funding as soon as practicable.

CLAUSE 6.      DURATION:

      6.1      In the event  that:- TF Inc. or TFS cease to trade or enters into
               liquidation  then the  Rights  assigned  under  Clause  2.2 shall
               continue as the property of TF Ltd including the ownership of all
               patents,   copyright,  design  and  trademarks  relevant  to  the
               Territory.

      6.2      In  the  case  of  TF  Ltd liquidation or closure the Rights will
               revert to TF Inc. and TFS.

3

CLAUSE 7.      OWNERSHIP:

      7.1      If Centrax  ceases  to trade or if the Barr family  transfers the
               whole of their  shares in  Centrax  (more  than 50%) as part of a
               disposal of  Centrax's  undertaking,  it is agreed by the parties
               that those members of the Barr family, or a company  representing
               the Barr family,  who have signed Appendix 6, shall purchase from
               Centrax it's  shareholding  in TF Ltd and take an assignment  and
               novation  of  Centrax's   rights  and   obligations   under  this
               Agreement.  Thereafter,  if any  member  of the Barr  family or a
               company representing the Barr family wish to sell their shares in
               TF Ltd it will be in accordance with the Articles of Association.

      7.2      In  the  event  that  the  Ford family's holding in TF Inc. falls
               below 50% of the voting shares in TF Inc. for whatever reason AND
               the Ford family loses executive  control of the Board of TF Inc.,
               then the 'A'  shareholders  will have the right to appoint  three
               voting  Directors  in  respect  of the  'A'  shares  and  the 'B'
               shareholders  will  have the  right to  appoint  two  voting  'B'
               Directors.

CLAUSE 8.      DIVIDEND POLICY:

               Dividend  Policy will be at the  discretion  of the Directors but
               with a minimum  payment of 30% of post tax profit after deducting
               losses in prior years.

CLAUSE 9.      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:

               Such continued patent  copyright design and trademark  protection
               incurred  since May 24,  1995 and agreed by the  parties  for all
               current  and future  Products in the  Territories  (as defined in
               Appendix  1) will be paid for by TF Ltd.  All such  rights in the
               Territory  will be assigned to TF Ltd in  perpetuity  on the same
               basis as in Clause 2.2.

CLAUSE 10.     TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENTS:

      10.1     The  intellectual  property  rights  to  any  improvements to the
               Products  produced by TF Ltd shall be the  property of TF Ltd. TF
               Ltd agrees that the irrevocable  exclusive  rights to manufacture
               and  market  such  improvements  outside  the  Territory  will ~e
               assigned  back to TF Inc. on a similar  royalty free basis to the
               assignment  granted  herein save that TF Ltd gives no warranty as
               to it's ability to grant such rights or that the  exploitation of
               the same will not infringe the rights

4

of third parties save for a warranty that it has not licensed any third party to exploit the same.

10.2 The rights of all present or future developed designs or improve- ments or replacement for Products produced by TF Inc. or TFS shall be conferred to TF Ltd. on the same basis as set out herein save that in respect of the present royalty agreement that TF Inc. has in respect to filter elements with Byron Lefebvre and royalty payments to Robert " Malt, TF Ltd agrees not to act in any manner to cause TF Inc. to breach those agreements.

CLAUSE 11.     INDEMNITY:

               TF Inc. and TFS hereby  indemnify TF Ltd against all and any loss
               costs claim or demand in relation to the use of the Rights and in
               relation to any claims  regarding the  manufacturing or marketing
               or  intellectual  property in the Products in the Territory  that
               may be made by any third party.

CLAUSE 12.     ADMINISTRATION OF TF LTD:

               Will be initially as listed hereunder subject to change from time
               to time as approved by the Board of TF Ltd.

               The auditors shall be:- KPMG,  Linacre House,  Southernhay  East,
               Exeter,  Devon, England The bankers shall be:- Barclays Bank PLC,
               40 Courtenay Street,  Newton Abbot, Devon, England The solicitors
               shall be:- Messrs Bevan Ashford, Curzon House,  Southernhay West,
               Exeter,  Devon, EX4 3LY, England The Registered Office shall be:-
               C/O Messrs Bevan Ashford, Curzon House, Southernhay West, Exeter,
               Devon,  EX4 3LY,  England The Company  Secretary shall be:- To be
               appointed

               The  Accounting  Reference  Date  shall be:-  December  31st 1996
               Secretarial  and personnel  services shall be provided by TF Ltd.
               The following shall be the Directors of TF Ltd.

Richard Henry Howard Barr Richard Charles Ford Charles Robert Barr Lawrence Arnold Freedman Albert Neal Davies

5

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the business premises of TF Ltd shall be located at:- C/O Centrax, Shaldon Road, Newton Abbot, Devon, TQ12 4SQ, England

CLAUSE 13.     MANUFACTURE OF THE PRODUCTS:

      13.1     The  manufacture  of the Products will commence in the Territory,
               through  TF  Ltd  as  soon  as  the  Board  of  TF  Ltd  deem  it
               appropriate.  All design detail drawings and production processes
               will be  passed to TF Ltd on the  signing  of this  Agreement  to
               allow  production  to proceed in the  Territory  as  appropriate.
               Until  such time as the  manufacture  of the  Products  by TF Ltd
               occurs in the Territory, TF Inc. will supply the Products against
               an agreed schedule and price structure as stated in Appendix 2.

      13.2     On  signing  of this  Agreement,  TF Ltd shall  have the right to
               purchase individual items direct from the established US sourcing
               which TF Inc.  and TFS will  make  available  to TF Ltd as TF Ltd
               deems  desirable  and shall have the right to use TF Inc. and TFS
               existing tooling associated thereto on a no charge basis.

      13.3     On this Agreement coming into effect by the  passing of the reso-
               lutions required by Clause 3, the terms of payment requiring 100%
               of the  purchase  price of the units,  as  defined in  Appendix 2
               attached,  purchased  from TF Inc.,  to be paid by wire  transfer
               upon the placing of orders, will become valid providing that this
               amount will at no time exceed the outstanding balance of $100,000
               of unfilled orders and until such time as production commences in
               the Territory or an alternative source of supply is agreed.

CLAUSE 14.     THE TERRITORY:

               The Territory covered by the Agreement is specified in Appendix I
               attached.

CLAUSE 15.     SUPPORT SERVICES:

               TF  Inc.  and  TFS  undertake  to  fully  support  TF  Ltd in all
               technical and  commercial  matters.  When TF Ltd requests a visit
               from TF Inc. or TFS personnel to it's Territory,  TF Ltd will pay
               such personnel's reasonable out of pocket expenses.

6

CLAUSE 16.     COSTS:

      16.1     Subject to Clause 16.2, the parties shall bear their own costs of
               and incidental to the preparation,  execution and  implementation
               of this Agreement.

      16.2     Centrax  will  be entitled to charge TF Ltd all  reasonable costs
               and expenses  incurred arising by virtue of Centrax's  investment
               and  expenditure  in setting up an outlet for the Products in the
               Territory and in particular  those items or heads of cost set out
               in  Appendix  5 but  credit  being  given for  revenue  received.
               Reasonable  costs to be approved by the Board of  Directors of TF
               Ltd.

CLAUSE 17.     CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTED INFORMATION:

               Each  Director of each of the parties  hereto and of TF Ltd shall
               be entitled,  whilst he holds office,  to make full disclosure to
               any shareholder  appointing him of any information relating to TF
               Ltd which that Director may acquire,  but the shareholder and the
               Director  receiving such  information  shall, for the duration of
               the  Agreement  and for one  year  thereafter,  keep  the same in
               strict confidence unless otherwise agreed.


CLAUSE 18.     DUTY OF ACTION:

               Each party shall, from time to time, do all such acts and execute
               all such  documents  as may  reasonably  be necessary in order to
               give effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

CLAUSE 19.     NOTICES AND SERVICE:

               Any notice or other information required or authorized under this
               Agreement  shall be given by hand,  telex,  cable,  facsimile  or
               prepaid  registered  first class post (or datapost in the case of
               notices on any party  outside the UK) to the relevant  parties at
               the address of the registered or principal office of the relevant
               party (or to any such  address  as may be given by that  party in
               writing from time to time).

               Service  shall be deemed to have  occurred and been  effected two
               working days after the date of sending.

CLAUSE 20.     ANNOUNCEMENTS:

               Except  as  required  by  law  or  the  requirements of any stock
               exchange,  no party  shall make any press or public announcements

7

concerning any aspect of this Agreement without first obtaining the agreement of the other parties to the text of that announcement.

CLAUSE 21.     NATURE OF AGREEMENT:

               Nothing in this  Agreement  shall create or be deemed to create a
               partnership  or the  relationship  of principal and agent between
               the parties or any of them.  This  Agreement  contains the entire
               Agreement between the parties with respect to it's subject matter
               and may not be modified except by an instrument in writing signed
               by the duly authorized representatives of the party.

               If any provision of this  Agreement is held by any court or other
               competent authority to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in
               part,  this Agreement shall continue to be valid as to it's other
               provisions and the remainder of the effected provision.

               No failure or delay by any part in exercising  any of it's rights
               under this  Agreement  shall be deemed to be a waiver thereof and
               no waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be
               deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same of any
               other provision.


CLAUSE 22.     ARBITRATION:

               Any dispute between the parties arising from this Agreement shall
               be  referred  to  and   determined  by   arbitration   under  the
               International   Arbitration   Rules  of  the   London   Court  of
               International Arbitration.

               This Clause shall not preclude  the making of an  application  to
               the Court for injunctive relief.


CLAUSE 23.     JURISDICTION:

               This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance
               with the Laws of England.

               The  parties   hereby  agree  to  submit  to  the   non-exclusive
               jurisdiction of the English Courts.

8

CLAUSE 24.     BINDING NATURE:

               The benefit and burden of this Agreement  shall be binding on any
               permitted transferee of the shares in TF Ltd.

CLAUSE 25.     BREACH OF AGREEMENT:

               If any of the  parties  hereto  fails to fulfill  any  obligation
               hereunder any injured party may give written notice of the breach
               to the defaulting  party and if the breach is not remedied within
               30 days the  injured  party  may take  whatever  legal  action is
               available to enforce the terms of this  Agreement  and to recover
               damages for breach provided always that rescission or termination
               shall not be a remedy available to any party. The election of any
               one  or  more  remedy  by any of the  parties  hereto  shall  not
               constitute  a waiver by such  party of the  right to  pursue  any
               other available remedy.


CLAUSE 26.     ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

               In the event of  conflict  the terms of Clause  7.2  hereof  will
               prevail over those of the Articles of Association.

AS WITNESS whereof the parties have signed this Agreement the day and year first before hand

SIGNED BY: RICHARD C. FORD                            )
         ------------------------------
          /s/conformed                                )
for and on behalf of TF Purifiner, Inc.               )
in the presence of:


SIGNED BY: RICHARD C. FORD                            )
         ------------------------------
          /s/conformed                                )
for and on behalf of TF Systems, Inc.                 )
in the presence of:


SIGNED BY: RICHARD ANTHONY BARR                       )
for and on behalf of Centrax Limited                  )
in the presence of:                                   )

9

SIGNED BY: RICHARD HENRY HOWARD BARR                  )
for and on behalf of Barr family                      )
in the presence of:                                   )


SIGNED BY: ALBERT NEAL DAVIES                         )
in the presence of:                                   )

10

APPENDIX
TERRITORY
COMPRISING OF THE FOLLOWING COUNTRIES:

E.E.C. COUNTRIES            E.F.T.A COUNTRIES           SOVIET UNION
- ----------------            -----------------           ------------
                                                           (former)
Belgium                     Austria                     Comprising:-
Denmark                     Finland                     Armenia
France                      Iceland                     Belarus
Germany                     Norway                      Estonia
Greece                      Sweden                      Georgia
Irish Republic              Switzerland                 Kazakhstan
Italy                                                   Kyrgyzstan
Luxembourg                                              Latvia
Netherlands                                             Lithuania
Portugal                                                Moldova
Spain                                                   Russia
United Kingdom                                          Tajikistan
                                                        Ukraine
                                                        Uzbekistan


EASTERN EUROPEAN            MIDDLE EAST                 YUGOSLAVIA
- ----------------            -----------                 ----------
                                                         (former)
Albania                     Arab Emirates               Comprising:-
Bulgaria                    Bahrain                     Bosnia
Cyprus                      Iran                        Croatia
Czech Republic              Iraq                        Herzegovina
Gibraltar                   Israel                      Macedonia
Hungary                     Jordan                      Serbia
Malta                       Kuwait                      Slovenia
Poland                      Lebanon
Romania                     Oman
Slovakia                    Qatar
Turkey                      Saudi Arabia
                            Syria
                            Yemen

AFRICA

Egypt
S. African Republic

All other territories world-wide, with the exception of USA and Mexico, to be open to supply by Agreement with TF Inc.


                                        Appendix 2
             TF PURIFINER, INC. 1995/1996 PRICES TO TF PURIFINER (EUROPE) LTD
             ----------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                                   Batch
UNITS                            TF-8       TF-12       TF-24      TF-40       TF-60    TF-240    Refiner
- -----                            ----       -----       -----      -----       -----    ------    -------
Suggested W/D
Selling Price                   $134        $278        $308        $359      $384       $539     $3,521

Cost TF (RM, Labour
and Malt Royalty)                $58.30      $96.05     $109        $124.10   $129.45    $148.85  $1,250.30

Current J.V. Cost/Unit           $86        $141        $160        $182      $189       $217     $1,826

FILTERS (PER CASE)
- ------------------

Current W/D Selling Price        $97         $87         $53         $74       $85       $119

Cost TF (RM, Labour and
Malt Royalty)                    $57.65      $21.32      $13.20      $17.26    $22.33     $27.41

J.V. Cost/Case                   $65.15      $31.80      $19.70      $25.75    $33.35     $40.90

Filter Royalty (5.75%)
plus*                             $3.99       $2.63       $2.00       $2.40     $2.86      $3.31

J.V. Cost/Case                   $69.14      $34.43      $21.70      $28.15    $36.21     $44.21

*   Additional cost for changes to filter for increased  cotton ($.50,  improved
    felt pads ($.20) and additive  cost (for $.48 case to $.96 case)  Subject to
    normal  future price  increases  related to  inflation  and  supported  cost
    increases


APPENDIX 3

Draft 11 December 1995:

The Companies Act 1985 - 1989


COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

T.F. PURIFINER (EUROPE) LIMITED

(adopted by Special Resolution passed on [_______________] 199___)


PRELIMINARY

1. The regulations contained in Table A in the Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 (as amended so as to affect companies first registered on the date of the adoption of these Articles) shall, except as hereinafter provided and so far as not excluded by or inconsistent with the provisions of these Articles, apply to the Company to the exclusion of all other regulations or Articles of Association. References herein to regulations in the said Table A unless otherwise stated.

SHARE CAPITAL

2. The share capital of the Company at the date of the adoption of these Articles is(pound)55,000 divided in 25,000 'A' Shares of (pound)1 each and 5,000 'C' Shares of(pound)1 each. In the event that any 'A' Shares are transferred to a holder of 'B' Shares they shall automatically become denominated as 'B' Shares as the case may be and vice versa. The said 'A' 'B' and 'C' shares shall carry the respective voting rights and rights to appoint and remove Directors and be subject to the restrictions on transfer hereinafter provided, but in all other respects shall be identical and rank pari passu in all respects.


ISSUE OF SHARES

3. Subject to Section 80 of the Companies Act 1985, all unissued shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors and Section 89(1) of the Companies Act 1985 shall not apply.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

4.1 Subject to the provisions of Regulation 24 any shares may at any time be transferred:-

(a) by any individual member to the spouse mother father sister brother child or grandchild "privileged relation" of such member; or

(b) by any such individual member to trustees to be held upon trust for such member and/or any privileged relation of such member
("the family trusts")

(c) by any member being a company to a member of the same group of companies as the transferor company;

(d) by any person entitled to shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of an individual member to any person or trustee to whom such individual member, if not dead or bankrupt, would be permitted hereunder to transfer the same; or

4.2 If a person to whom shares have been transferred pursuant to Article 4.1(b) shall cease to be a privileged relation or trustee, such person shall be bound, if and when required in writing by the Directors so to do, to give a transfer notice in respect of the shares concerned

4.3 If a transferee company ceases to be a member of the same group as the transferor company from which (whether directly or by a series of transfers under Article 4.1 shares derived) it shall be the duty of the transferee company to notify the Directors of the Company in writing that such event has occurred and the transferee company shall be bound, if and when required in writing by the Directors so to do, to give a transfer notice in respect of those Shares

4.4 Except as provided in paragraphs 4.1 to 4.3 no share in the Company shall be transferred by any member or other person entitled to transfer the same otherwise than in accordance with the following provisions:-

(a) Any member or other person proposing to transfer any share (hereinafter referred to as "the proposing transferor") shall

2

give notice in writing
(hereinafter called "the transfer notice") to the Company that he desires to transfer the same. A transfer notice shall, on receipt by the Company, constitute the Company the agent of the proposing transferor for the sale to any member of the Company or any person approved by the Directors as eligible to be a member of the Company of the shares referred to therein at the fair value to be determined in accordance with sub Article (b) hereof. A transfer notice shall not be revocable except with the sanction of the Directors

(b) The fair value of the shares included in a transfer notice shall be determined within 30 clear days of the transfer notice by the Auditor for the time being of the Company who shall at the request and expense of the Company certify in writing the sum which in his opinion is the fair value of the shares included int he transfer notice as at the date of the transfer notice. In certifying the fair value of the shares the Auditor shall be considered to be acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator and accordingly any provisions of law or statute relating to arbitration shall not apply

(c) Within 10 clear days of the receipt of the Auditor's certificate any share included in any transfer notice shall in the first place be offered at the fair value by written notice (hereinafter called "the offer notice") to the other shareholders pro-rata amongst those other Shareholders their respective shareholdings. The offer notice shall specify the date of receipt by the Company of the transfer notice and the fair value of the shares as certified by the Auditor and shall invite the offeree to accept all or any of the shares so offered. The offer notice shall further limit the time in which the offer may be accepted (being not more than twenty clear days from the date of the offer notice) and if any person does not before expiry of such limit accept by notice in writing any share offered to him the offer in respect of any such share shall lapse

(d) In the event any share comprised in the offer notice is not agreed to be purchased within the time for acceptance of the offer contained in the offer notice any share not so taken by the offeree named in the offer notice shall forthwith be offered by notice in writing at the fair value (hereinafter called "the option notice") to the members (other than the proposing transferor or to

3

the member who did not accept the offer notice) as nearly as maybe in proportion to the shares held by them respectively. The option notice shall limit the time in which the offer may be accepted (being not more than 10 clear days from the date of the option notice) and if any member does not before expiry of such limit claim by notice in writing any share offered to him it shall be applied in accordance with sub Article (e) below. The Directors shall apply any share representing fractional entitlements in such manner as they shall think fit

(e) If any share comprised in the option notice is not agreed to be purchased the member serving the transfer notice may forthwith offer any such share at not less than the fair value to any other person

(f) The Directors may refuse to register a transfer of a share under this Article 4.4 if the transferee is not an existing member of the Company.

(g) The provisions of this Article 4.4 shall not apply if all of the 'A' Members and 'B' Members of the Company consent in writing

PROCEEDING AT GENERAL MEETINGS

5. Unless agreed by the holders of a majority of the issued 'A' Shares and 'B' Shares all general meetings of the Company shall be held in the UK.

6. The quorum at any General Meeting shall be two or more members present in person or by proxy including one person being or representing a holder of any of the 'A' Shares and one person being or representing a holder of any of the 'B' Shares provided that if within thirty minutes of the time appointed for the meeting such quorum is not present such meeting shall be adjourned in accordance with Regulation 41. Regulation 40 shall be modified accordingly.

7. Subject to the provisions of the Act a resolution in writing signed by all the members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and attend and vote at General Meetings of the Company shall be as effective as if the same had been passed at a General Meeting of the Company duly convened and held and may consist of several documents signed by one or more persons. In the case of a corporation a resolution in writing may be signed on its behalf by a Director or the Secretary thereof or by its duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative. Regulation 53 shall be extended accordingly.

4

VOTE OF MEMBERS

8. On a show of hands every member who is the holder of 'A' Shares or the holder of 'B' Shares present in person shall have one vote, and on a poll every member who is the holder of 'A' Shares or the holder of 'B' Shares present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder. Any Shareholder being the holder of 'C' Shares shall have no right to vote in respect of those 'C' Shares whether on a show of hands or on a poll. Regulation 54 shall not apply.

9. An instrument appointing a proxy (and, where it is signed on behalf of the appointor by an attorney, the letter or power of attorney or a duly certified copy thereof) must either be delivered at such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified, at the registered office) at least one hour before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than at or on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) for the taking of the poll at which it is to be used or be delivered to the Secretary (or the chairman of the meeting) on the day and at the place of, but in any event before the time appointed for holding, the meeting or adjourned meeting or poll. An instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid until such delivery shall have been effected. Regulation 62 shall not apply.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

10. The maximum number of Directors shall be five and shall consist of two persons who shall be designated as 'A' Directors (and shall be deemed to have been appointed under Article 12 by the holders of the 'A' Shares) and two persons who shall be designated at 'B' Directors (and shall be deemed to have been appointed under Article 12 by the holders of the 'B' Shares) and one person who shall be designated as the 'C' Director (and shall be deemed to have been appointed under Article 12 by the holders of the 'C' Shares). Regulation 64 shall not apply.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

11. The holders of a majority of any one class of shares may at any time appoint any person (including another Director) to be the alternate Director of any Director of the relevant class and may at any time terminate such appointment. Any such appointment or termination of appointment shall be effected in like manner as provided in Article 14 hereof. The same person may be appointed as the alternate Director of

5

         more than one Director.  Regulations 65 to 68 shall not apply.

11.1     The  appointment  of an  alternate  Director  shall  determine  on  the
         happening  of any event which if he were a Director  would cause him to
         vacate  such  office  or if the  Director  of whom he is the  alternate
         ceases to be a Director.

11.2     An  alternate  Director  shall be  entitled  to receive  notices of all
         meetings of the Directors  and of all  committees of Directors of which
         the Director of whom he is the alternate is a member to attend and vote
         and be counted in the quorum at any such  meeting at which the Director
         of whom he is the alternate is not personally  present and generally to
         perform all the  functions of the Director of whom he is the  alternate
         in his absence and the  provisions of these  Articles shall apply as if
         he were a  Director  of the  relevant  class.  If he shall be himself a
         Director or shall attend any such meeting as an alternate for more than
         one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative.

                      APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

12.      The  holders  of  a  majority  of  the 'A' Shares may from time to time
         appoint  up to two  persons  to be  Directors,  and  the  holders  of a
         majority  of the 'B'  Shares  may from time to time  appoint  up to two
         persons to be  Directors  and the  holders of the  majority  of the 'C'
         Shares  may from time to time  appoint  one  person to be a  non-voting
         Director.  In these  Articles  the  expressions  'A'  Director  and 'B'
         Director and 'C' Director respectively designate Directors according to
         the class of shares  holders of a majority of which have  appointed  or
         are deemed to have appointed  them. The Directors  shall not be subject
         to retirement by rotation. Regulations 73 to 80 shall not apply.

13.      The  office  of a  Director  shall  be  vacated  in any  of the  events
         specified in  Regulation 81 and also if he shall be removed from office
         by the holders of a majority of the relevant class of shares.

14.      Any  such  appointment  or  removal by the holders of a majority of the
         relevant  class of shares shall be in writing served on the Company and
         signed by the  holders  of a  majority  of the issued 'A' Shares or 'B'
         Shares or 'C' Shares (as the case may be). In the case of a corporation
         such  documents  may be  signed  on its  behalf  by a  Director  or the
         Secretary thereof or by its duly appointed attorney or duly authorised
         representative.

6

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

15. The 'A' Directors and the 'B' Directors and the 'C' Director shall be entitled to receive notice in accordance with these Articles and to attend meetings of the Board of Directors. Only the 'A' Directors and the 'B' Directors will be entitled to vote on resolutions of the Board of Directors and otherwise conduct the business affairs of the Company and the 'C' Director shall have no such rights as aforesaid.

16. Unless otherwise agreed by a majority for the time being of the 'A' Directors and of the 'B' Directors Board Meetings shall be held no less than two times in every year and twenty-one days' notice shall be given to each of the Directors of all meetings of the Board, at the address (within or outside the United Kingdom) notified from time to time by each Director to the Secretary of the Company and all such meetings (unless otherwise agreed) shall be held in the United Kingdom. Each such notice shall contain, inter alia, an agenda specifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the relevant meeting, shall be accompanied by all relevant papers for discussion at such meeting and, if sent to an address outside the United Kingdom, shall be sent by courier or by telefax.

17. A quorum at a meeting of Directors shall be two of which one shall be an 'A' Director and one a 'B' Director, provided that if within thirty minutes of the time appointed for the holding of any meeting of the Directors either an 'A' Director or a 'B' Director shall not be present the Directors present shall resolve to adjourn that meeting to a specified place and time (which shall not be earlier than three nor later than seven days after the date originally fixed for the meeting). An alternate Director shall be counted in the quorum in the same capacity as his appointor but so that not less than two individuals will constitute the quorum. Regulation 89 shall not apply.

18. No Director shall be appointed otherwise than as provided in these Articles. Regulation 90 shall be modified accordingly.

19. Unless the parties otherwise agree there shall be no chairman of the Board. If a chairman is appointed the person appointed shall not have a casting vote.

20. All business arising at any meeting of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors shall be determined only by resolution provided that if at any quorate meeting an 'A' Director is not present in person or represented by an alternate the votes of the 'A' Directors present in person represented by an alternate director shall be pro tanto increased so that such 'A' Directors shall be entitled to cast

7

the same aggregate number of votes as would be cast by all 'A' Directors if they were all present this proviso also applying to the 'B' Directors mutatis mutandis.

21. On any matter in which a Director is in any way interested provided that he declares his interest in the manner provided by Section 317 of the Act he may nevertheless vote and be taken into account for the purposes of a quorum and (save as otherwise agreed) may retain for his own absolute use and benefit all profits and advantages directly or indirectly accruing to him thereunder or in consequence thereof. Regulations 94 and 98 shall be modified accordingly.

22. A resolution determined on without any meeting of the Directors and evidenced by writing signed by all the Directors entitled to vote shall be valid and effective for all purposes as a resolution of the Directors passed at a meeting duly convened, held and constituted and the resolution may be contained in several documents in like form each signed by one or more Directors. Regulation 93 of Table A shall not apply.

23. Any director enabled to participate in the proceedings of a meeting by means of a telephone or other communication device which allows all the other Directors present at such meetings whether in person or by means of such communication device, to hear at all times such Director and such Director to hear at all times all other Directors present at such meeting (whether in person or by means of such type of communication device) shall be deemed to be present at such meeting and shall be counted when reckoning a quorum.

INDEMNITY

24. Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by law, every Director, Auditor, Secretary or other officer of the Company shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation thereto including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him as an officer or employee of the Company and in which judgment is given in his favour (or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admissions of any material breach of duty on his part) or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under any statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him by the Court. Regulation 118 shall not apply.

8

DIRECTORS' LIABILITY INSURANCE

25. Without prejudice to any other provision of these Articles the directors may purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time directors, officers or employees of the Company, or of any company which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of the Company, or of any other company in which the Company has any interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company or any such subsidiary, or of any of the predecessors in business of the Company or any such other company as aforesaid, or who are or were at any time trustees of any pension fund in which any employees of the Company or of any such predecessor or other company or subsidiary undertaking as aforesaid are or have been interested. Including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any liability incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of their duties and/or in exercise or purported exercise of their powers and/or otherwise in relation to their duties, powers, or offices in relation to the Company or any such predecessor or other company or subsidiary undertaking as aforesaid or any such pension fund. No director or former director shall be accountable to the Company or its members for any benefit provided pursuant to this Article 21 and the receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a director of the Company.

SEAL

26.1     In the first sentence of Regulation 101 of Table A, the words "Any seal
         adopted by the Company" shall be substituted for the words "The Seal".

26.2     Every share  certificate  shall be sealed with the seal (if any) of the
         Company  or may be signed by a  director  and the  secretary  or by two
         directors,  and the second sentence of Regulation 6 of Table A shall be
         amended accordingly.

9

                                  APPENDIX FOUR

                                TRADEMARK DETAILS

                       REGISTERED/FILED       APPLICATION NO.   REGISTRATION NO.
                       ----------------       ---------------   ----------------

Benelux                    1/4/94             798438                532234
CIS (Russia                2/10/94            157571                115666
Czechoslovakia             3/10/95
Denmark                    7/22/94            03666/1993            04816/1994
Finland                    9/5/94             2521/93               133965
France                     6/8/93             93/471240
Germany                    10/15/91           T31320/7WZ            2005055
Hungary                    6/10/93            135039                M9202203
Italy                      6/11/93            93C001089
Macedonia                  10/95
Norway                     6/8/93             932711
Poland                     4/15/94            108799                75,922
Portugal                   6/16/93            292580
Spain                      6/10/93            1766608
Sweden                     3/31/94            93-5373               256993
Switzerland                6/18/93            8276/1993             413956
United Kingdom             1/5/91             1451914               1451914


LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
PAPEYCO TRADING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
AND
T/F PURIFINER, INC.
DATED AUGUST 23, 1993

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE, made this 23 day of August, 1993, by and between Papeyco Trading International, Inc., hereinafter called the "Landlord" and T.F. Purifiner, Inc., hereinafter called "Tenant";

BASIC TERMS

1.01 A. Landlord: Papeyco Trading International, Inc. 45 O'Connor Street, Suite 1900 Ottawa, Ontario K1P 1A4

B. Tenant: T.F. Purifiner, Inc.

C. Address of Tenant: Suite 100 3020 High Ridge Road Boynton Beach, FL 33426

D. Premises: 12,000 square feet of space in Project located as shown on Exhibit "A" attached hereto.

E. Building: The Building in which the Premises is located.

F. Project: The land, improvements and appurtenances commonly referred to as Out parcel to the Boynton Beach Distribution Center and located at High Ridge Road, in Boynton Beach, Florida.

Said Project is depicted on Exhibit "A" attached hereto.

G. Lease Term: The lease terms shall commence on the following date September, 1, 1993 ("Commencement Date"): the date the Tenant commences its business operations in the Premises, and runs for 4 years. Upon lease execution the tenant shall deliver an amount equals to the base rent, which shall serve as the first months rent.

H. Rent: All sums, moneys or payments required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 6.01 of this Lease;

I. Base Rent: $3,100 per month, plus applicable Florida sales taxes. (See section 6.02 of this Lease).

J. Security Deposit: $3,100 .

K. Tenant's Proportionate Share: 20%.


L. Base Year: The calendar year in which this Lease commences.

1.02 EFFECT OF REFERENCE TO BASIC TERMS:

Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Terms contained in
Section 1.01 shall be construed to incorporate into such reference all of the definitions set forth in Section 1.01.

PREMISES

2.01 In consideration of the rents, covenant, agreements and conditions hereinafter provided to be paid, kept, performed and observed, the Landlord leases to the Tenant and the Tenant hereby rents from the Landlord the Premises described in Section 1.01 (D).

2.02 RESERVATIONS BY LANDLORD:

Landlord excepts and reserves the roof and exterior walls of the Building, and further reserves the right to place, install, maintain, carry through, repair or replace such utility lines, pipes, wires, appliances, tunnelling, and the like in, over, through and upon the Premises as may be reasonably necessary or advisable for the servicing of the Premises or any other portions of the Project.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, it is agreed that Landlord reserves the right, without invalidating this Lease or modifying any provisions thereof, at any time and from time to time, (i) to make alterations, changes and additions to the Building and other improvements in the Project, (ii) to add additional areas to the Project and/or to exclude areas therefrom, (iii) to construct additional buildings and other improvements in the Project, (iv) to remove or relocate the whole or any part of any building or other improvement in the Project, and (v) to relocate any other tenant in the Project. It is further understood that the existing layout of the buildings, walks, roadways, parking areas, entrances, exists, and other improvements shall not be deemed to be a warranty, representation or agreement on the part of the Landlord that the Project will remain exactly as presently built, it being understood and agreed that Landlord may change the number, dimensions and locations of the walks, buildings, and parking spaces as Landlord shall deem proper.

COMMENCEMENT AND EXPIRATION DATES

3.01 Lease Commencement Date. The Lease Commencement Date shall be:

(i) The date specified in Section G, unless notice is delivered pursuant to Subsection 3.01 (ii) or unless Tenant occupies earlier, pursuant to Subsection 3.01 (iii).

2

(ii) Such earlier or later date as may be specified in a notice delivered to Tenant at least 30 days before such date upon which the Premises, together with the common facilities for access and service thereto, have been completed; or

(iii) If Tenant shall occupy the Premises for Permitted Uses prior to the date specified in Section G or in the notice provided under subsection 3.01 (ii), the date of such early occupancy.

USE

4.01 The Premises hereby leased shall be used by the Tenant for the purpose of design, manufacturing and marketing of oil refining systems, and for no other purposes. Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, comply promptly with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and requirements in effect during the term or any part of the term hereof regulating the use by Tenant of the Premises. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create waste or a nuisance, or will tend to unreasonably disturb such other tenants in the Project. Tenant, its employees and all persons visiting or doing business with the Tenant in the Premises shall be bound by and shall observe the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease, as Exhibit "B", and such further and other reasonable rules and regulations made hereafter by the Landlord relating to the Project or the Premises of which notice in writing shall be given to the Tenant and all such rules and regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form a part of this Lease.

TERM

5.01 To have and to hold the Leased Premises for and during the Term described in Section 1.01 (G) above subject to the payment of the Rent and the full an timely performance by Tenant of the covenants and conditions herein set forth. At the termination or expiration of this Lease, Tenant will vacate and surrender the premises to the Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof and the Premises will be in broom- clean condition.

BASE RENT

6.01 Tenant covenants to pay without notice, deduction, set-off or abatement to Landlord the Base Rent specified in Section 1.01 (I) in lawful money of the United States in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the Lease Term. Rental for any partial month shall be prorated on a per diem basis. Rentals shall be payable to Landlord at c/o Real Estate Recovery, Inc., 927 Clint Moore Road, Boca Raton, FL 33487 or such other place as Landlord may designate from time to time in writing. Tenant shall pay the

3

first full month's rent upon execution of this Lease. Tenant agrees to, and shall, pay all applicable sales taxes due and payable in connection with any rent or other payment due Landlord hereunder.

BASE RENT SCHEDULE

6.02 The base rent due as per Section 6.01 for the Lease will be as follows:

NOTE: Months 1-3 or 9/1/93 through 11/30/93 shall be at no charge.

Months      4     to    12    $3.10 per Sq. Ft.  Net  Net   Net

Months      13    to    24    $3.75 per Sq. Ft.  Net  Net   Net

Months      25    to    36    $4.40 per Sq. Ft.  Net  Net   Net

Months      37    to    48    $4.95 per Sq. Ft.  Net  Net   Net


6.03                          ADDITIONAL CHARGES

Tenant shall also pay the following charges, which shall be considered, for purposes of default, as additional rent:

(a) Management fee: Tenant shall pay to Landlord on a monthly basis a management fee equal to N/A % of the annual Base Rent.
(b) Real Estate Taxes and Assessments: For each calendar year, or part thereof during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of all real estate taxes and assessments, levied and assessed against the Premises and Buildings, and all other improvements within the Project. Tenant's proportionate share shall be the total amount of such taxes and assessments, multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of square feet of floor area within the Premises, and the denominator of which shall be the number of square feet of rentable floor area within the Building in the Project at the time such taxes were levied or assessed.

Such real estate taxes and assessments shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during the term of this Lease. Said charges shall be based upon Landlord's estimated costs for the real estate taxes and assessments for the calendar year. The amount due for all partial calendar years shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar year, the Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual amount of Tenant's proportionate share of such real estate taxes and assessments for the preceding

4

calendar year. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of said statement by the Tenant, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord any deficiency due to the Landlord. Any surplus paid by the Tenant shall be credited against the next ensuing instalment of Landlord's estimate for Tenant's Proportionate Share of such real estate taxes and assessments.

(c) Municipal, County, State or Federal Taxes, Excluding Real Estate Taxes: Tenant shall pay all taxes assessed against any leasehold interest of Tenant or any fixtures, furnishings, equipment, stock-in-trade, or other personal property of any kind owned, installed, or used in or on the premises.

(d) Rental Taxes: Should any governmental taxing authority levy, assess, or impose any tax, excise or assessment (other than an income or franchise tax) upon or against the rentals payable by Tenant to Landlord, either by way of substitution for or in addition to any existing tax on land and buildings or otherwise, Tenant shall pay any such tax, excise or assessment thereof.

(e) Insurance: Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord its Proportionate Share {Computed the same as in Subsection 6.03 (b)} of the total cost of premiums for Landlord's insurance coverages {excluding the amount thereof attributable to insuring the Common Areas, for which provision has been made in Subsection 6.03 (f)}.

Said insurance reimbursements shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during the Term of the Lease. Said charges shall be based upon Landlord's estimated costs for the insurance reimbursements for the calendar year. The amount due for all partial calendar years shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar year, the Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual amount of Tenant's Proportionate Share of such insurance reimbursements for the preceding calendar year. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of said statement by the Tenant, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord any deficiency due the Landlord. Any surplus paid by the Tenant shall be credited against the next ensuing instalment of Landlord's estimate for Tenant's Proportionate Share of such insurance reimbursements.

(f) Common Area Expenses: Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord in the manner herein after provided, Tenant's Proportionate Share of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord on operating, policing, and protecting, lighting, providing sanitation, water and sewer and other services for, insuring, repairing, replacing and maintaining the common areas and all other facilities used in the maintenance or operation of, the Project. Such costs and expenses shall include, but shall not be limited to, the cost of: Illumination and maintenance of common signs, refuse disposal, water, gas, sewage, electricity and other utilities (without limitation), including any and all usage, service, hook up, connection, availability and/or standby fees or charges

5

pertaining to same, maintenance and operation of any temporary or permanent utility, compliance with rules, regulations and orders of governmental authorities pertaining to air pollution control, including the cost of monitoring air quality, cleaning, lighting, striping and landscaping curbs, gutters, sidewalks, drainage and irrigation ditches, conduits, pipes located on or adjacent to the Project; premiums for liability, casualty, and property insurance: personal property taxes; licensing fees and taxes: audit fees and expenses, supplies; depreciation of maintenance equipment used in the operation or maintenance of the common areas: total compensation and benefits (including premiums for workmen's compensation and other insurance paid to or on behalf of employees involved in the performance of the work specified in this subsection. The Proportionate Share to be paid by Tenant shall be that portion of the foregoing costs and expenses which the number of square feet of floor area in the leased Premises bears to the total number of square feet of gross leasable area of the Building in the Project.

For the period of September 1, 1993, through December 31, 1993, until notified by Landlord otherwise, the common area expense (CAM) shall be based on $1.89/sf or $1,890, monthly. No more than 10% increase per year. CAM includes 6.03 A through F. At no time shall the CAM rate be less than $1.89/sf throughout the term of the Lease.

Tenant's Proportionate Share of such costs and expenses for each lease year shall be paid in monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month, in advance, in an amount estimated by Landlord from time to time. Subsequent to the end of each lease year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual amount of Tenant's Proportionate Share of such cost and expenses for such period. If the total amount by Tenant under this subsection for any such year shall be less than the actual amount due from Tenant for such year as shown on such statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between the amount, paid by Tenant and the actual amount due, such deficiency to be paid within ten (10) days after the furnishing of each such statement, and (if the total amount paid by Tenant hereunder for any such year shall exceed such actual amount due from Tenant hereunder for any such year shall exceed such actual amount due from Tenant for such year, such excess shall be credited against the next instalment due from Tenant to Landlord under this subsection.

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

7.01 Tenant shall contract in its own name and pay for all charges for electricity, gas, fuel, telephone, trash hauling, and any other services or utilities used in or assessed against the Premises.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

8.01 Landlord covenants that the Tenant, on timely paying the rent herein provided and keeping, performing, and observing the covenants, agreements and

6

conditions herein required of the Tenant, shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the term aforesaid, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

9.01 The Tenant shall not assign or hypothecate this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in the sold and absolute discretion of Landlord.

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

10.01 If the Premises, the Building or the Project described above or any part thereof is damaged by fire or other casualty, cause or condition whatsoever and the Landlord shall determine not to restore said Premises, Building or Project, Landlord may by written notice to the Tenant given within sixty (60) days after such damage, terminate this Lease as to all of the Premises covered by the Lease. Such termination shall become effective as of the date of the damage. If this Lease is not terminated as above provided and if said Premises are made partially or wholly untenantable as aforesaid, Landlord, at its expense, shall restore the same with reasonable promptness to the condition in which Landlord furnished the Premises to Tenant at the commencement of the term of this Lease as to those items that were provided to the Premises at Landlord's expense without any reimbursement by Tenant. Landlord shall be under not obligation to restore any alteration, improvements or additions to the Premises made by Tenant or paid for by Tenant, including, but not limited to, any of the initial tenant finish done or paid for by Tenant, or any subsequent charges, alterations or additions made by Tenant.

If, as a result of fire or other casualty, cause or condition whatsoever the Premises are made partially or wholly untenantable and, if Landlord has not given the sixty (60) days notice above provided for an fails within one hundred twenty (120) days after such damage occurs to eliminate substantial interference with Tenant's use of said Premises or substantially to restore said Premises, the Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the end of said one hundred twenty
(120) days by written notice to landlord given not later than five (5) days after expiration of said one hundred twenty (120) day period. If the Premises are rendered totally untenantable but this Lease in not terminated, all rent shall abate from the date of the fire or other relevant cause or condition until the Premises are ready for occupancy and reasonable accessible to Tenant.

If a portion of the Premises is untenantable, rent shall be prorated on a per diem basis and apportioned in accordance with the portion of the Premises which is usable by the Tenant until the damaged part is ready for the Tenant's occupancy. In all cases, due allowance shall be made for reasonable delay caused by adjustment of insurance loss, strikes, labor difficulties or any cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control. For the purposes of this Lease, said Premises shall be considered tenantable so long as and to the extent that the Premises

7

are occupied by Tenant or usable (whether or not actually occupied). In any event, Tenant shall be responsible for the removal, or restoration, when applicable, of all its damaged property and debris from the Premises, upon request by Landlord or reimburse Landlord for the cost of removal.

LANDLORD'S RIGHTS

11.01 Landlord reserves the following rights:

(a) To change the name of the Building or the Project without notice or liability of the Landlord to Tenant;

(b) During the last ninety (90) days of the term or any renewal thereof, or any part thereof, if during or prior to that time the Tenant has vacated the Premises, to decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for reoccupancy;

(c) To exhibit the Premises to others and to display "For Lease" signs on the Premises during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term or any renewal thereof;

(d) To remove abandoned or unlicensed vehicles and vehicles that are unreasonably interfering with the use of the parking lot by others from the parking lot and charging the responsible tenant for the expense of removing said vehicles; and

(e) To take any and all measures, including making inspection, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements to the Premises or the Building or to the Project as may be necessary or desirable for the safety, protection or preservation of the Premises or the Building or the Project or the Landlord's interests, or as may be necessary or desirable in the operation of the Premises or the Building or the Project.

The Landlord may enter upon the Premises at any time or times for the purpose of exercising any or all of the foregoing rights hereby reserved without being deemed guilty of an eviction or disturbance of the Tenant's use or possession and without being liable in any manner to the Tenant.

HOLDING OVER

12.01 In the event of holding over by Tenant after the expiration or termination of this Lease without the consent in writing of the Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed a Tenant at sufferance and shall, unless otherwise prohibited by applicable law, pay as liquidated damages, double rent for the entire holdover

8

period and all reasonable attorney's fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in enforcing its rights hereunder. Any holding over with consent of Landlord shall constitute Tenant a month-to-month tenant.

SIGNS AND ADVERTISEMENTS

13.01 Tenant shall not put upon nor permit to be put upon any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, any signs, billboards or advertisements whatever in any location or any location or any form without (a) the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in the sold and absolute discretion of Landlord, and (b) complying with all applicable laws, regulations, permits, rules and ordinances.

MORTGAGE AND TRANSFER

14.01 Landlord shall have the right to transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber, assign and convey, in whole or in part, the Premises, the Building, the Project, this Lease, and all or any part of the rights now or thereafter existing and all rents and amounts payable to Landlord under the provisions hereof. Nothing herein contained shall limit or restrict any such rights, and the rights of the Tenant under this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all instruments executed and to be executed in connection with the exercise of any such rights, including, but not limited to, the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or security agreement now or hereafter placed upon Landlord's interest in the covenants and agrees to execute and deliver upon demand such further security agreement as shall be requested by the Landlord and/or mortgagee or proposed mortgagee or holder of any security agreement and hereby irrevocably appoints the Landlord as its agent and attorney to execute and deliver any such instrument for and in the name of the Tenant.

EMINENT DOMAIN

15.01 If the Premises or any substantial part thereof shall be taken by any competent authority under the power of eminent domain or be acquired for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, the term of this Lease shall cease and terminate upon the date when the possession of said Premises or the part thereof so taken shall be required for such use or purpose and without apportionment of the award and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease. If any condemnation proceeding shall be instituted in which it is sought to take any part of the Project or to change the grade of any street or alley adjacent to the Premises and such taking or change of grade makes it necessary or desirable to remodel the Building or the Project to conform to the changed grade, Landlord shall have the right to cancel this Lease after having given written notice of cancellation designated in the notice. In either of said events rent at the then current rate shall be apportioned as of the date of termination. No money or other consideration shall be payable by the Landlord to the Tenant for the right of cancellation and the Tenant shall have no right to share in the condemnation award or in any judgement for damages

9

caused by the taking or the change of grade. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude an award being made by the taking authority to Tenant for loss of business or depreciation to and cost of removal of equipment or fixtures.

LANDLORD'S INABILITY TO PERFORM

16.01 If, by reason of inability to obtain and utilize labor, materials or supplies; circumstances directly or indirectly the results of a state of war of national or local emergency; any laws, rules, orders, regulations or requirements of any governmental authority now or hereafter in force; strikes or riots; accident in, damage to or the making of repairs, replacements, or improvements to, the Premises or any of the equipment thereof; or by reason of any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the Landlord, the Landlord shall be unable to perform or shall be delayed in the performance, such events or circumstances or inability shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person or property, constitute a total or partial eviction, constructive or otherwise, work an abatement of rent or relieve Tenant from the fulfillment of any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease.

BANKRUPTCY OR ASSIGNMENT TO TRUSTEE

17.01 To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Lease nor any interest therein nor any estate hereby created shall pass to any trustee or receiver in bankruptcy or to any other receiver or assignee for the benefit of creditors or otherwise by operation of law during the term of this Lease or any renewal thereof.

COMMON AREAS

18.01 The term "Common Areas" means all the areas of the Project not intended for renting and, instead, designed for the common use and benefit of the Landlord and all of the tenants, their employees, agents, customers and invitees. The Common Areas include, but not by way of limitation, parking lots, truck courts, landscaped and vacant areas, driveways, and walks and curbs with facilities appurtenant to each as such areas may exist from time to time. Landlord shall operate and maintain the Common Areas of the Project. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the nonexclusive revocable use of the Common Areas by Tenant, Tenant's employees, agents, customers and invitees which use shall be subject at all times to such reasonable, uniform and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as may from time to time be established by Landlord. Tenant covenants and agrees to abide by any rules or regulations promulgated by Landlord.

ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES

19.01 Landlord will complete the Premises in accordance with the Exhibit attached hereto as Exhibit " ". Tenant acknowledges that it will examine the Premises before taking possession hereunder. Unless Tenant furnished Landlord

10

with a notice in writing specifying any defect in the construction of the Premises prior to taking possession, such taking of possession shall be conclusive evidence as against the Tenant that at the time thereof the Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition.

19.02 MAINTENANCE AND CARE BY TENANT:

Tenant shall be responsible for all maintenance and repair to the Premises of whatsoever kind or nature that is not hereinafter set forth specifically as the obligation of Landlord. Tenant shall take good care of the Premises and fixtures, and keep them in good repair free from filth, overloading, danger of fire or any pest or nuisance, and Tenant shall repair any damage or breakage done by Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees or invitees, including damage done to the Building by Tenant's equipment or installations. Tenant shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of all glass and plate glass on the Premises. Tenant shall furnish and pay for the upkeep, maintenance, repair and periodic servicing of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system servicing the Premises. At the end of the term of this Lease or any renewal hereof, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises broom clean in as good condition as when received by Tenant, normal wear and tear excepted. In the event Tenant fails to maintain the Premises as provided for herein Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such maintenance as is required of in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its costs in providing such maintenance or repairs together with a ten (10%) percent charge (equal to 10% of said costs) for Landlord's overhead and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the amount so billed to Tenant by Landlord.

INSURANCE

21.01 Tenant covenants and agrees to maintain on the Premises at all times during the term of this Lease, and during all renewal thereof, a policy or policies of comprehensive public liability and property damage insurance with not less than $1,000,000.00 combined single limit for both bodily injury and property damage. Each policy of insurance shall name as the insured thereunder both the Tenant and the Landlord. Each such liability insurance policy shall be of the type commonly known as the Owner's, Landlord's and Tenant's Insurance and shall be obtained from a company satisfactory to Landlord. The original of each such policy of insurance or certified duplicates thereof shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord on or before ten (10) days prior to occupancy of the premises by Tenant, said policy shall contain a provision stating that it cannot be cancelled or modified unless the insurance company first provides at least ten
(10) days prior written notice to Landlord of said cancellation or modification.

11

21.02 MUTUAL SUBROGATION:

Landlord and Tenant do each hereby release the other from any and all liability or responsibility (to the other or anyone claiming through or under them by way of subrogation or otherwise) for any loss or damage to property caused by faire, any of the extended coverage perils or any other insured peril, even if such fire or other casualty shall have been caused by the fault or negligence of the other party and in force and effect only with respect to loss or damage occurring during such time as the Landlord's and Tenant's policies shall contain a clause or endorsement to the effect that any such release shall not adversely affect or impair said policies or prejudice the right of the releasor to recover thereunder. Landlord and Tenant each agree that its polices will include such a clause or endorsement. Tenant shall comply with all insurance regulations so the lowest fire, lightning, explosion, extended coverage and liability insurance rates may be obtained; and nothing shall b done or kept in or on the Premises by Tenant which will cause an increase in the premium for any such insurance on the Premises or the Building or on any contents located therein, over the rate usually obtained for the proper use of the Premises permitted by this Lease or which will cause cancellation of any such insurance.

21.03 INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD:

Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord and save it harmless from and against any and all loss (including loss of rentals payable by the Tenant or other tenants) and against all claims, actions, damages, liability and expenses in connection with loss of life, bodily and personal injury or damage to real property arising from any occurrence in, upon or at the Premises or any part thereof or Building or Project, or occasioned wholly or in part by any act or omission of the Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, servants, licensees, concessionaires or invitees or by anyone permitted to be on the Premises or Building or Project by the Tenant. Tenant assumes all risks of and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to person or damage to property resulting form the condition of the Premises or from the bursting or leaking of any and all pipes, utility lines, connections, or air conditioning or heating equipment in, on or about the Premises, or from water or rain which may leak into, issue or flow from any part of the Building. Tenant agrees, at all times, to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against all actions, claims, demands, costs, damages or expenses of any kind which may be brought or made against the Landlord or which the Landlord may pay or incur by reason of Tenant's occupancy of the Premises or its negligent performance of or failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease. In case the Landlord shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against the Tenant, then the Tenant shall protect and hold the Landlord harmless and shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees incurred or paid by the Landlord in connection with such litigation.

12

USE OF COMMON AREAS BY TENANT

22.01 Tenant shall not use any part of the Project exterior to the Premises for outside storage. No trash, crates, pallets, or refuse shall be permitted anywhere on the Project outside of the Premises by Tenant except in enclosed metal containers to be located as directed by Landlord. Tenant shall not park any trucks or trailers, loaded or empty, except in front of the docks on the concrete apron provided for such purposes.

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

23.01       In the event:

            (a)   Tenant shall at any time fail to pay rent when due; or

            (b)   Tenant  shall  fail to keep,  perform  or  observe  any  other
                  covenant,  agreement,  condition or undertaking  hereunder and
                  shall fail to remedy such  default  within ten (10) days after
                  written  notice thereof has been mailed by Landlord to Tenant;
                  or

            (c)   The Premises shall be vacated or abandoned by Tenant;

Landlord shall have the right, without further notice to or demand upon the Tenant, to re-enter and take exclusive possession of the Premises with or without force or legal process, and to refuse to allow Tenant to enter the same or have possession thereof; to change the locks on the doors to the Premises; take possession of any furniture or other property in or upon the Premises (Tenant hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, waiving the benefit of all ex-exemptions by law), sell the same at public or private sale without notice and apply the proceeds thereof to the costs of sale, payment of damages and payment due of the rent under this Lease; all without being liable to the Tenant for any damages or to and prosecution therefor; and

(i) As agent of the Tenant to relet the Premises for the balance of the term of this Lease or for a shorter or longer term and receive the rents therefor, applying them first to the payment of the expense of such reletting and, second, to the payment of damages suffered to the Premises and rent due and to become due under this Lease, Tenant remaining liable for and hereby agreeing to pay Landlord any deficiency; or

(ii) To cancel and terminate the remaining term of this Lease, re-enter and take possession of the Premises free of this Lease and thereafter this Lease shall be null and void and the rent in such case shall be apportioned and paid on and up to the date of such entry. Thereafter both parties shall be released and relieved from

13

and of any and all obligations thereafter to accrue hereunder. Tenant shall be liable for all loss and damage resulting from such breach or default; or

(iii) Accelerate rent payments due or to become due at the rates applicable during the period which the default occurs, and sue for said rent.

All rights and remedies expressly provided in this Lease for Landlord's protection shall be cumulative of any other rights and remedies provided by law. Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant its reasonable attorney's fees and costs incurred in enforcing its rights hereunder.

A waiver by Landlord of a breach or default by Tenant under the terms and conditions of this Lease shall no be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of any other term or condition of this Lease, and the failure of Landlord to assert any breach or to declare a default by Tenant shall not be construed to constitute a waiver thereof so long as such breach or default continues unremedied.

Any and all sums due under this Lease from Tenant to Landlord and not paid on the due date shall bear interest from the due date at the highest rate then allowable by applicable law until fully paid.

NOTICES

25.01 Except as otherwise herein provided, whenever by the terms of this Lease notice shall or may be given to the Landlord or to the Tenant, such notice shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly served if sent by certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to Landlord at the place where rent is payable and to Tenant at the Premises. The date of mailing shall be deemed the date of service.

PERSONS BOUND

26.01 The agreements, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, except that no assignment, encumbrance or subletting by Lessee, unless permitted by the provisions of this Lease, without the prior written consent of Landlord shall vest any right in the assignee, encumbrancee or sublessee of Tenant. This lease contains the entire agreement in writing signed by the Landlord and Tenant after the date hereof. The singular herein, in referring to Landlord or tenant, shall be deemed to include the plural where the context so requires. If there be more than one Tenant herein named, the provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to and binding upon such Tenants jointly and severally.

9

14

SECURITY DEPOSIT

27.01 Tenant herewith deposits with Landlord the sum of $3,100 as security for the performance by Tenant of every covenant and condition of this Lease. Such deposit may be mingled with other funds of Landlord and shall bear no interest. If Tenant shall default with respect to any covenant or condition of this Lease, Landlord may apply from time to time without prejudice to any other remedy the whole or any part of such Security Deposit to the payment of any sum in default. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. This includes, but is not limited to, applying the Security Deposit first to any restoration and/or cleanup costs necessary over and above normal wear and tear of the vacated space. It is understood that the Security Deposit is not to be considered as the last month's rent under the Lease. Should Tenant comply with all of the covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at the expiration of the term hereof. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the term of this Lease, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability for the return of such Security Deposit.

LATE PAYMENT

28.01 Tenant's failure to make any rental payment or other payment required of Tenant hereunder within ten (10) days of the due date therefor shall result in the imposition of a service charge for such late payment in the amount of five percent (5%) of the late payment.

29.01 Does not exist.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

30.01 If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent be invalidated, unenforceable or violate a party's legal rights, then such term, covenant, condition or provision shall be deemed to be null and void and unenforceable, however, all other provisions of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which are held invalid, unenforceable or violative of legal rights, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, condition, covenant and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

CAPTIONS

31.01 The captions used throughout this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify, or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of any provisions in this Lease.

15

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

32.01 This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and no modification of this Lease shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless evidenced by an agreement in writing signed by the Landlord and the Tenant after the date hereof. If there be more than one Tenant named herein, the provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to and binding upon such tenants jointly and severally.

TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD

33.01 Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Building and the Premises and the Project referred to herein; and in such event and upon such transfer Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations.

EFFECTIVE DELIVERY OF THIS LEASE

34.01 Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenant's review and the delivery hereof does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option to lease. This Lease shall not be effective until a copy executed by both Landlord and Tenant is delivered to and accepted by Landlord.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

35.01 Tenant will comply with the reasonable rules and regulations of the Building adopted and altered by Landlord from time to time as well as the rules and regulations other applicable restrictions adopted by the property owners' association, if any, having jurisdiction over the Premises or any portion thereof or having jurisdiction over the common area of the Project.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

36.01 The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to the interest of the Landlord in the Building and the Premises, and Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord's interest in the Building and the Premises for the recovery of any judgment from the Landlord, it being intended that Landlord shall not be personally liable for any judgment or deficiency.

TIME OF PERFORMANCE

37.01 Except as expressly otherwise herein provided, with respect to all required acts of Tenant, time is of the essence of this Lease.

16

RECORDATION

38.01 Tenant agrees not to record this Lease or any memorandum hereof, but Landlord may record this Lease or memorandum thereof, at its sole election, and Tenant agrees to execute such memorandum upon request by Landlord.

APPLICABLE LAW / VENUE

39.01 This Lease is entered into in the State of Florida and shall be governed by the applicable laws of the State of Florida. Venue shall be in the courts of Palm Beach County, Florida and both parties consent to the jurisdiction of those courts with respect to any legal action concerning this Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed triplicate copies hereof.

WITNESSES:

Papeyco Trading International, Inc.

_________________________________         BY:_/s/__(unintelligible)
                                                Landlord

_________________________________         T/F Purifiner, Inc.

_________________________________ BY: RICHARD C. FORD, PRESIDENT


17

ADDENDUM TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This Addendum shall be incorporated into that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between the Landlord, Papeyco Trading International, Inc., and the Tenant, T.F. Purifiner, Inc., to allow for the following provisions:

ASSIGNMENT OF ANNUITY:

As additional consideration, the parties have negotiated the assignment of an Annuity Contract as issued by The Guardian Insurance & Annuity Company, Inc. Contract No. 210094083 held in the name of Richard C. Ford, 14402 Cypress Island Court, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida. Said assignment shall be in favor of Papeyco Trading International, Inc. The value of the annuity as of August 6, 1993, is $22,256.38 and shall be assigned for a period of one year from rent commencement expiring December 1, 1994. In the event of a default under the terms and conditions of the lease, the Landlord may negotiate the annuity for an amount equal to the delinquency. But not more than fifteen thousand dollars.

IMPROVEMENT OF THE LEASED PREMISES:

The Landlord shall cause the placement of a demising wall, which shall delineate the space to be occupied by the tenant. This shall be completed at the sole expense of the Landlord.

Upon execution of the lease, the Tenant may proceed to improve the warehouse or the office space of the building to be occupied, at their sole expense. The Tenant may improve the warehouse to air condition same, but in the event of a default during the lease term expiring August 31, 1997, the Landlord may seize the air conditioning improvements as additional consideration to apply to amounts due under the lease.

Improvements made by the Tenant shall be accomplished without any recording instruments affecting title to the building. The Landlord shall cause a title search to be accomplished upon completion of the improvements as additional consideration to apply to amounts due under the lease.

Improvements made by the Tenant shall be accomplished without any recording instruments affecting title to the building. The Landlord shall cause a title search to be accomplished upon completion of the improvements to the warehouse by the Tenant.


All other terms and conditions set forth in the Lease Agreement shall remain the same. This Addendum shall be incorporated and remain a part of the lease between the parties set forth above.

LANDLORD:                                   TENANT:


By:__(Unintelligible)______________         By:_/s/ Richard C. Ford, President
Papeyco Trading International, Inc. Date    T.F. Purifiner, Inc. 8/23/96


SECOND ADDENDUM TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This Second Addendum shall be incorporated with the terms and conditions of that certain Lease Agreement dated August 23, 1993, by and between Papeyco Trading International, Inc. ("Lessor") and T. F. Purifiner, Inc. ("Lessee").

The following amendments shall be effective April 1, 1994, which hereafter shall be referred to as the lease commencement date of the agreement.

ASSIGNMENT OF ANNUITY/CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT:

As additional consideration, the Lessee shall place $15,000 in the form of an Assignment of an Annuity or Certificate of Deposit with the Lessor for a period of one year with an expiration of April 1, 1995, by May 1, 1994.

AMENDMENT TO THE LEASE TERM:

The Lessee shall extend the term of the lease for a fifth year pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 6.01 of the Lease Agreement, based upon the rent schedule in Months 37 through 48 at $4.95. The fifty year shall commence in Month 49 and extend through Month 60 from April 1, 1994, at the same rate of $4.95/sf.

RENT COMMENCEMENT:

Pursuant to the terms of the Lease Agreement a period of three months shall be granted to the Lessee as rent concession. Accordingly, the rent commencement shall be effective July 1, 1994.

PURCHASE OF AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT:

At the time of the delivery of the assignment of the annuity or certificate of deposit, the Lessor shall purchase the air conditioning units installed by Lessee for an amount of $9,000 and other valuable considerations.

This Second Addendum and its terms shall be incorporated within the Lease Agreement and all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain the same. This Addendum supersedes all other letters between the parties.

LESSOR:                                   LESSEE:
PAPEYCO TRADING INTERNATIONAL, INC.       T. F. PURIFINER, INC.


By:_(Unintelligble)_________________      By: RICHARD C. FORD, PRESIDENT
                                              --------------------------
Dated this 8th day of April, 1994.

- ------------------------------------      -----------------------------
Witness                                   Witness


ARTICLE 5
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF T/F PURIFINER, INC. FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
MULTIPLIER: 1


PERIOD TYPE 12 MOS
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1996
PERIOD START JAN 01 1996
PERIOD END MAR 31 1996
CASH 88,417
SECURITIES 0
RECEIVABLES 77,405
ALLOWANCES 2,500
INVENTORY 170,929
CURRENT ASSETS 356,470
PP&E 200,210
DEPRECIATION 96,397
TOTAL ASSETS 621,836
CURRENT LIABILITIES 1,336,355
BONDS 0
PREFERRED MANDATORY 311,397
PREFERRED 0
COMMON 1,117
OTHER SE (1,603,215)
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 621,836
SALES 428,627
TOTAL REVENUES 428,627
CGS 268,338
TOTAL COSTS 268,338
OTHER EXPENSES 289,249
LOSS PROVISION 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 8,871
INCOME PRETAX (137,831)
INCOME TAX 0
INCOME CONTINUING (137,831)
DISCONTINUED 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0
CHANGES 0
NET INCOME (137,831)
EPS PRIMARY (.12)
EPS DILUTED (.12)

FINAL JUDGMENT IN
T/F SYSTEMS, INC. V.
SOUTHEAST CAPITAL FINANCING, INC.,
CASE NO. CL 90-12772AE
IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF THE
15TH JUDICIAL CIRCUIT IN AND FOR
PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA


IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF THE 15TH
JUDICIAL CIRCUIT IN AND FOR PALM
BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA

CASE NO. CL 90-12772 AE

T/F SYSTEMS, INC.,

Plaintiff,

vs. FINAL JUDGMENT

SOUTHEAST CAPITAL FINANCING,
INC., etc., et al.,

Defendants.

- ------------------------------/

THIS ACTION was tried before the Court. On the evidence presented, it is

hereby ADJUDGED

1. That pursuant to a contract with Refineco Manufacturing Co., Inc.

dated January 15, 1989, Defendant, PURIFINER DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION ("PDC")

was obligated to pay Plaintiff T/F SYSTEMS, INC. ("T/F") the sum of $110,000.00

on or before February 26, 1989.

2. That PDC has never paid the referenced sum to T/F.

3. That Defendant SOUTHEAST CAPITAL FINANCING, INC. ("SCFI"), in a

contract with PDC, assumed PDC's obligation to pay T/F the sum of $110,000.

4. That SCFI has never paid referenced sum to T/F.

5. That the sum owed to T/F bears interest at the rate of 8% from

February 26, 1989.

6. That PDC and SCFI are jointly and severally liable to T/F for

damages in the amount of $100,000, with interest at that rate of 8% from

February 26, 1989, to the date of this Judgment and interest at the statutory

rate of 12% per annum from the date of this Judgment until paid, for which let

execution issue.


7. The letter agreement dated December 10, 1988 (the "12/10/88") between

Plaintiff T/F and Refineco Manufacturing Co., Inc., ("Refineco") is a valid and

enforceable contract under Florida law.

8. In the 12/10/88 Agreement, Refineco promises that PDC will begin

production of PURIFINER products and that PDC will furnish T/F with product for

distribution in its four-state territory within eighteen (18) months, or before

June 10, 1990. In the event that PDC failed to meet these obligations, the

12/10/88 Agreement conditionally assigned to T/F the exclusive rights to

manufacture and market PURIFINER products on a worldwide basis (the "Exclusive

Rights"), so long as T/F pays a royalty specified in the July 30, 1987 agreement

between T/F and Refineco (the "7/30/87 Agreement"). The royalty specified in the

7/30/87 Agreement is 5% of T/F's sale price of products which it actually

manufactures and sells. By the terms of the 7/30/87 Agreement, this royalty is

owed to Refineco or "any entity taking the place of Refineco".

9. Defendant PDC had actual notice of the terms of the 12/10/88 Agreement

before entering into its contracts with Refineco dated January 15, 1989 and

March 8, 1989. As a result, PDC agreed to assume the product on and performance

obligations described in the 12/10/88 Agreement upon entering into its contracts

with Refineco.

10. As of June 10, 1990, PDC had neither entered into production of

PURIFINER products nor had it supplied T/F with PURIFINER product sufficient to

meet the distribution neeeds of T/F. As a result, the conditional assignment of

the Exclusive Rights became effective on June 10, 1990. As of that date, T/F

became the owner of the Exclusive Rights.

11. The Exclusive Rights which T/F obtained on June 10, 1990 include the following:

-- The exclusive right to manufacture and market products under United States Patents 4,189,351; 4,227,969; 4,289,593 and 4,943,352

-- The exclusive right to manufacture and market products under all of Refineco's foreign patents.

2

-- The right to use the PURIFINER trademark on all products T/F manufactures and markets.

These Exclusive Rights shall continue in force as long as T/F pays to Refineco

or "any entity taking the place of Refineco" the 5% royalty specified in the

7/30/87 Agreement.

12. ROBERT C. MALT ("MALT"") became the owner of all of the Refineco

patents as more particularly detailed in the Final Judgment of Foreclosure dated

July 27, 1990 in Case No. CL 89-1853 AG in the Circuit Court in and for the

Fifteenth Judicial Circuit of Palm Beach County, Florida, upon purchasing those

patents at the foreclosure sale, and receiving the Certificate of Title to the

patents dated September 21, 1990 and recorded in Official Record Book 6589, Page

7 of the Public Records of Palm Beach County, Florida.

13. PDC took an Assignment of the Refineco patents from Refineco in May of

1989, with actual knowledge of MALT's lien on said patents, and MALT's pending

foreclosure suit. The Assignment of those patents was thus inferior to MALT' s

lien, and PURIFINER's interest was foreclosed by MALT's Final Judgment and the

Certificate of Title. As of September 21, 1990, PURIFINER lost title to the

Refineco patents.

14. PURIFINER has been manufacturing the patented products, and

marketing same outside of its licensed territory, without the permission or

license of ROBERT C. MALT.

15. PURIFINER DISTRIBUTION CORP. shall immediately cease and desist from

manufacturing the patented products, and marketing same outside of its

authorized territory as defined in its Distribution Agreement.

16. T/F SYSTEMS, INC. shall account to ROBERT MALT for all patented

products manufactured since September 21, 1990 and pay to MALT a royalty of five

percent (5%) of the list price of those units.

17. The Court reserves jurisdiction of this cause for the purposes of

entering awards of costs as appropriate.

3

18. The Court retains jurisdiction of this action for purposes of

enforcing its Final Judgment herein.

DONE AND ORDERED in Chambers, at West Palm Beach, Palm Beach County,

Florida, this 16th day of September, 1991.

/S/ EDWARD A. GARRISON
----------------------------------
 EDWARD A. GARRISON, Circuit Judge

Copies furnished:

DAVID SALES, Esquire
P.O. Drawer 3626
West Palm Beach, FL 33402

ESTHER A. ZARETSKY, Esquire
1655 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd., Suite 900
West Palm Beach, FL 33401

GARRY GLICKMAN, Esquire
1601 Forum Place, Suite 1101
West Palm Beach, FL 33401

DELMER C. GOWING, III, Esquire
222 Lakeview Avenue, Suite 800
West Palm Beach, FL 33401

4